1 /* Subroutines used for code generation on the DEC Alpha.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
3 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Richard Kenner (kenner@vlsi1.ultra.nyu.edu)
6 This file is part of GCC.
8 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
13 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
20 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
25 #include "coretypes.h"
30 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
32 #include "insn-config.h"
33 #include "conditions.h"
35 #include "insn-attr.h"
46 #include "integrate.h"
49 #include "target-def.h"
51 #include "langhooks.h"
52 #include <splay-tree.h>
53 #include "cfglayout.h"
54 #include "tree-gimple.h"
55 #include "tree-flow.h"
56 #include "tree-stdarg.h"
57 #include "tm-constrs.h"
60 /* Specify which cpu to schedule for. */
61 enum processor_type alpha_tune
;
63 /* Which cpu we're generating code for. */
64 enum processor_type alpha_cpu
;
66 static const char * const alpha_cpu_name
[] =
71 /* Specify how accurate floating-point traps need to be. */
73 enum alpha_trap_precision alpha_tp
;
75 /* Specify the floating-point rounding mode. */
77 enum alpha_fp_rounding_mode alpha_fprm
;
79 /* Specify which things cause traps. */
81 enum alpha_fp_trap_mode alpha_fptm
;
83 /* Save information from a "cmpxx" operation until the branch or scc is
86 struct alpha_compare alpha_compare
;
88 /* Nonzero if inside of a function, because the Alpha asm can't
89 handle .files inside of functions. */
91 static int inside_function
= FALSE
;
93 /* The number of cycles of latency we should assume on memory reads. */
95 int alpha_memory_latency
= 3;
97 /* Whether the function needs the GP. */
99 static int alpha_function_needs_gp
;
101 /* The alias set for prologue/epilogue register save/restore. */
103 static GTY(()) alias_set_type alpha_sr_alias_set
;
105 /* The assembler name of the current function. */
107 static const char *alpha_fnname
;
109 /* The next explicit relocation sequence number. */
110 extern GTY(()) int alpha_next_sequence_number
;
111 int alpha_next_sequence_number
= 1;
113 /* The literal and gpdisp sequence numbers for this insn, as printed
114 by %# and %* respectively. */
115 extern GTY(()) int alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
;
116 extern GTY(()) int alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
;
117 int alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
;
118 int alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
;
120 /* Costs of various operations on the different architectures. */
122 struct alpha_rtx_cost_data
124 unsigned char fp_add
;
125 unsigned char fp_mult
;
126 unsigned char fp_div_sf
;
127 unsigned char fp_div_df
;
128 unsigned char int_mult_si
;
129 unsigned char int_mult_di
;
130 unsigned char int_shift
;
131 unsigned char int_cmov
;
132 unsigned short int_div
;
135 static struct alpha_rtx_cost_data
const alpha_rtx_cost_data
[PROCESSOR_MAX
] =
138 COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fp_add */
139 COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* fp_mult */
140 COSTS_N_INSNS (34), /* fp_div_sf */
141 COSTS_N_INSNS (63), /* fp_div_df */
142 COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* int_mult_si */
143 COSTS_N_INSNS (23), /* int_mult_di */
144 COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_shift */
145 COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_cmov */
146 COSTS_N_INSNS (97), /* int_div */
149 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_add */
150 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_mult */
151 COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fp_div_sf */
152 COSTS_N_INSNS (22), /* fp_div_df */
153 COSTS_N_INSNS (8), /* int_mult_si */
154 COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* int_mult_di */
155 COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* int_shift */
156 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_cmov */
157 COSTS_N_INSNS (83), /* int_div */
160 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_add */
161 COSTS_N_INSNS (4), /* fp_mult */
162 COSTS_N_INSNS (12), /* fp_div_sf */
163 COSTS_N_INSNS (15), /* fp_div_df */
164 COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* int_mult_si */
165 COSTS_N_INSNS (7), /* int_mult_di */
166 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_shift */
167 COSTS_N_INSNS (2), /* int_cmov */
168 COSTS_N_INSNS (86), /* int_div */
172 /* Similar but tuned for code size instead of execution latency. The
173 extra +N is fractional cost tuning based on latency. It's used to
174 encourage use of cheaper insns like shift, but only if there's just
177 static struct alpha_rtx_cost_data
const alpha_rtx_cost_size
=
179 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fp_add */
180 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fp_mult */
181 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* fp_div_sf */
182 COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* fp_div_df */
183 COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 1, /* int_mult_si */
184 COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + 2, /* int_mult_di */
185 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_shift */
186 COSTS_N_INSNS (1), /* int_cmov */
187 COSTS_N_INSNS (6), /* int_div */
190 /* Get the number of args of a function in one of two ways. */
191 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS || TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
192 #define NUM_ARGS current_function_args_info.num_args
194 #define NUM_ARGS current_function_args_info
200 /* Declarations of static functions. */
201 static struct machine_function
*alpha_init_machine_status (void);
202 static rtx
alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (enum rtx_code
*, rtx
, rtx
);
204 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
205 static void alpha_write_linkage (FILE *, const char *, tree
);
208 static void unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *);
209 static void unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *);
210 static void unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE *, const char *);
211 static int unicosmk_need_dex (rtx
);
213 /* Implement TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION. */
216 alpha_handle_option (size_t code
, const char *arg
, int value
)
222 target_flags
|= MASK_SOFT_FP
;
226 case OPT_mieee_with_inexact
:
227 target_flags
|= MASK_IEEE_CONFORMANT
;
231 if (value
!= 16 && value
!= 32 && value
!= 64)
232 error ("bad value %qs for -mtls-size switch", arg
);
239 #ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
240 /* Implement TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE. */
243 alpha_mangle_type (const_tree type
)
245 if (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
) == long_double_type_node
246 && TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE_128
)
249 /* For all other types, use normal C++ mangling. */
254 /* Parse target option strings. */
257 override_options (void)
259 static const struct cpu_table
{
260 const char *const name
;
261 const enum processor_type processor
;
264 { "ev4", PROCESSOR_EV4
, 0 },
265 { "ev45", PROCESSOR_EV4
, 0 },
266 { "21064", PROCESSOR_EV4
, 0 },
267 { "ev5", PROCESSOR_EV5
, 0 },
268 { "21164", PROCESSOR_EV5
, 0 },
269 { "ev56", PROCESSOR_EV5
, MASK_BWX
},
270 { "21164a", PROCESSOR_EV5
, MASK_BWX
},
271 { "pca56", PROCESSOR_EV5
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
},
272 { "21164PC",PROCESSOR_EV5
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
},
273 { "21164pc",PROCESSOR_EV5
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
},
274 { "ev6", PROCESSOR_EV6
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
|MASK_FIX
},
275 { "21264", PROCESSOR_EV6
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
|MASK_FIX
},
276 { "ev67", PROCESSOR_EV6
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
|MASK_FIX
|MASK_CIX
},
277 { "21264a", PROCESSOR_EV6
, MASK_BWX
|MASK_MAX
|MASK_FIX
|MASK_CIX
},
283 /* Unicos/Mk doesn't have shared libraries. */
284 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& flag_pic
)
286 warning (0, "-f%s ignored for Unicos/Mk (not supported)",
287 (flag_pic
> 1) ? "PIC" : "pic");
291 /* On Unicos/Mk, the native compiler consistently generates /d suffices for
292 floating-point instructions. Make that the default for this target. */
293 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
294 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
;
296 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
;
298 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_PROG
;
299 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_N
;
301 /* We cannot use su and sui qualifiers for conversion instructions on
302 Unicos/Mk. I'm not sure if this is due to assembler or hardware
303 limitations. Right now, we issue a warning if -mieee is specified
304 and then ignore it; eventually, we should either get it right or
305 disable the option altogether. */
309 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
310 warning (0, "-mieee not supported on Unicos/Mk");
313 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
314 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
;
318 if (TARGET_IEEE_WITH_INEXACT
)
320 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
321 warning (0, "-mieee-with-inexact not supported on Unicos/Mk");
324 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
325 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
;
331 if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string
, "p"))
332 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_PROG
;
333 else if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string
, "f"))
334 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_FUNC
;
335 else if (! strcmp (alpha_tp_string
, "i"))
336 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
338 error ("bad value %qs for -mtrap-precision switch", alpha_tp_string
);
341 if (alpha_fprm_string
)
343 if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
, "n"))
344 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
;
345 else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
, "m"))
346 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
;
347 else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
, "c"))
348 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
;
349 else if (! strcmp (alpha_fprm_string
,"d"))
350 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
;
352 error ("bad value %qs for -mfp-rounding-mode switch",
356 if (alpha_fptm_string
)
358 if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "n") == 0)
359 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_N
;
360 else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "u") == 0)
361 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_U
;
362 else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "su") == 0)
363 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
;
364 else if (strcmp (alpha_fptm_string
, "sui") == 0)
365 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
;
367 error ("bad value %qs for -mfp-trap-mode switch", alpha_fptm_string
);
370 if (alpha_cpu_string
)
372 for (i
= 0; cpu_table
[i
].name
; i
++)
373 if (! strcmp (alpha_cpu_string
, cpu_table
[i
].name
))
375 alpha_tune
= alpha_cpu
= cpu_table
[i
].processor
;
376 target_flags
&= ~ (MASK_BWX
| MASK_MAX
| MASK_FIX
| MASK_CIX
);
377 target_flags
|= cpu_table
[i
].flags
;
380 if (! cpu_table
[i
].name
)
381 error ("bad value %qs for -mcpu switch", alpha_cpu_string
);
384 if (alpha_tune_string
)
386 for (i
= 0; cpu_table
[i
].name
; i
++)
387 if (! strcmp (alpha_tune_string
, cpu_table
[i
].name
))
389 alpha_tune
= cpu_table
[i
].processor
;
392 if (! cpu_table
[i
].name
)
393 error ("bad value %qs for -mcpu switch", alpha_tune_string
);
396 /* Do some sanity checks on the above options. */
398 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_fptm
!= ALPHA_FPTM_N
)
400 warning (0, "trap mode not supported on Unicos/Mk");
401 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_N
;
404 if ((alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_SU
|| alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
)
405 && alpha_tp
!= ALPHA_TP_INSN
&& alpha_cpu
!= PROCESSOR_EV6
)
407 warning (0, "fp software completion requires -mtrap-precision=i");
408 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_INSN
;
411 if (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV6
)
413 /* Except for EV6 pass 1 (not released), we always have precise
414 arithmetic traps. Which means we can do software completion
415 without minding trap shadows. */
416 alpha_tp
= ALPHA_TP_PROG
;
419 if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
)
421 if (alpha_fprm
== ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
|| alpha_fprm
== ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
)
423 warning (0, "rounding mode not supported for VAX floats");
424 alpha_fprm
= ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
;
426 if (alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
)
428 warning (0, "trap mode not supported for VAX floats");
429 alpha_fptm
= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
;
431 if (target_flags_explicit
& MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128
)
432 warning (0, "128-bit long double not supported for VAX floats");
433 target_flags
&= ~MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128
;
440 if (!alpha_mlat_string
)
441 alpha_mlat_string
= "L1";
443 if (ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)alpha_mlat_string
[0])
444 && (lat
= strtol (alpha_mlat_string
, &end
, 10), *end
== '\0'))
446 else if ((alpha_mlat_string
[0] == 'L' || alpha_mlat_string
[0] == 'l')
447 && ISDIGIT ((unsigned char)alpha_mlat_string
[1])
448 && alpha_mlat_string
[2] == '\0')
450 static int const cache_latency
[][4] =
452 { 3, 30, -1 }, /* ev4 -- Bcache is a guess */
453 { 2, 12, 38 }, /* ev5 -- Bcache from PC164 LMbench numbers */
454 { 3, 12, 30 }, /* ev6 -- Bcache from DS20 LMbench. */
457 lat
= alpha_mlat_string
[1] - '0';
458 if (lat
<= 0 || lat
> 3 || cache_latency
[alpha_tune
][lat
-1] == -1)
460 warning (0, "L%d cache latency unknown for %s",
461 lat
, alpha_cpu_name
[alpha_tune
]);
465 lat
= cache_latency
[alpha_tune
][lat
-1];
467 else if (! strcmp (alpha_mlat_string
, "main"))
469 /* Most current memories have about 370ns latency. This is
470 a reasonable guess for a fast cpu. */
475 warning (0, "bad value %qs for -mmemory-latency", alpha_mlat_string
);
479 alpha_memory_latency
= lat
;
482 /* Default the definition of "small data" to 8 bytes. */
486 /* Infer TARGET_SMALL_DATA from -fpic/-fPIC. */
488 target_flags
|= MASK_SMALL_DATA
;
489 else if (flag_pic
== 2)
490 target_flags
&= ~MASK_SMALL_DATA
;
492 /* Align labels and loops for optimal branching. */
493 /* ??? Kludge these by not doing anything if we don't optimize and also if
494 we are writing ECOFF symbols to work around a bug in DEC's assembler. */
495 if (optimize
> 0 && write_symbols
!= SDB_DEBUG
)
497 if (align_loops
<= 0)
499 if (align_jumps
<= 0)
502 if (align_functions
<= 0)
503 align_functions
= 16;
505 /* Acquire a unique set number for our register saves and restores. */
506 alpha_sr_alias_set
= new_alias_set ();
508 /* Register variables and functions with the garbage collector. */
510 /* Set up function hooks. */
511 init_machine_status
= alpha_init_machine_status
;
513 /* Tell the compiler when we're using VAX floating point. */
514 if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
)
516 REAL_MODE_FORMAT (SFmode
) = &vax_f_format
;
517 REAL_MODE_FORMAT (DFmode
) = &vax_g_format
;
518 REAL_MODE_FORMAT (TFmode
) = NULL
;
521 #ifdef TARGET_DEFAULT_LONG_DOUBLE_128
522 if (!(target_flags_explicit
& MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128
))
523 target_flags
|= MASK_LONG_DOUBLE_128
;
527 /* Returns 1 if VALUE is a mask that contains full bytes of zero or ones. */
530 zap_mask (HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
534 for (i
= 0; i
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
536 if ((value
& 0xff) != 0 && (value
& 0xff) != 0xff)
542 /* Return true if OP is valid for a particular TLS relocation.
543 We are already guaranteed that OP is a CONST. */
546 tls_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx op
, int size
, int unspec
)
550 if (GET_CODE (op
) != UNSPEC
|| XINT (op
, 1) != unspec
)
552 op
= XVECEXP (op
, 0, 0);
554 if (GET_CODE (op
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
557 switch (SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (op
))
559 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
:
560 return unspec
== UNSPEC_DTPREL
&& size
== alpha_tls_size
;
561 case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
:
562 return unspec
== UNSPEC_TPREL
&& size
== 64;
563 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
:
564 return unspec
== UNSPEC_TPREL
&& size
== alpha_tls_size
;
570 /* Used by aligned_memory_operand and unaligned_memory_operand to
571 resolve what reload is going to do with OP if it's a register. */
574 resolve_reload_operand (rtx op
)
576 if (reload_in_progress
)
579 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SUBREG
)
580 tmp
= SUBREG_REG (tmp
);
581 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
582 && REGNO (tmp
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
584 op
= reg_equiv_memory_loc
[REGNO (tmp
)];
592 /* The scalar modes supported differs from the default check-what-c-supports
593 version in that sometimes TFmode is available even when long double
594 indicates only DFmode. On unicosmk, we have the situation that HImode
595 doesn't map to any C type, but of course we still support that. */
598 alpha_scalar_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode
)
606 case TImode
: /* via optabs.c */
614 return TARGET_HAS_XFLOATING_LIBS
;
621 /* Alpha implements a couple of integer vector mode operations when
622 TARGET_MAX is enabled. We do not check TARGET_MAX here, however,
623 which allows the vectorizer to operate on e.g. move instructions,
624 or when expand_vector_operations can do something useful. */
627 alpha_vector_mode_supported_p (enum machine_mode mode
)
629 return mode
== V8QImode
|| mode
== V4HImode
|| mode
== V2SImode
;
632 /* Return 1 if this function can directly return via $26. */
637 return (! TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& ! TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
639 && alpha_sa_size () == 0
640 && get_frame_size () == 0
641 && current_function_outgoing_args_size
== 0
642 && current_function_pretend_args_size
== 0);
645 /* Return the ADDR_VEC associated with a tablejump insn. */
648 alpha_tablejump_addr_vec (rtx insn
)
652 tmp
= JUMP_LABEL (insn
);
655 tmp
= NEXT_INSN (tmp
);
658 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == JUMP_INSN
659 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (tmp
)) == ADDR_DIFF_VEC
)
660 return PATTERN (tmp
);
664 /* Return the label of the predicted edge, or CONST0_RTX if we don't know. */
667 alpha_tablejump_best_label (rtx insn
)
669 rtx jump_table
= alpha_tablejump_addr_vec (insn
);
670 rtx best_label
= NULL_RTX
;
672 /* ??? Once the CFG doesn't keep getting completely rebuilt, look
673 there for edge frequency counts from profile data. */
677 int n_labels
= XVECLEN (jump_table
, 1);
681 for (i
= 0; i
< n_labels
; i
++)
685 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< n_labels
; j
++)
686 if (XEXP (XVECEXP (jump_table
, 1, i
), 0)
687 == XEXP (XVECEXP (jump_table
, 1, j
), 0))
690 if (count
> best_count
)
691 best_count
= count
, best_label
= XVECEXP (jump_table
, 1, i
);
695 return best_label
? best_label
: const0_rtx
;
698 /* Return the TLS model to use for SYMBOL. */
700 static enum tls_model
701 tls_symbolic_operand_type (rtx symbol
)
703 enum tls_model model
;
705 if (GET_CODE (symbol
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
707 model
= SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (symbol
);
709 /* Local-exec with a 64-bit size is the same code as initial-exec. */
710 if (model
== TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
&& alpha_tls_size
== 64)
711 model
= TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
;
716 /* Return true if the function DECL will share the same GP as any
717 function in the current unit of translation. */
720 decl_has_samegp (const_tree decl
)
722 /* Functions that are not local can be overridden, and thus may
723 not share the same gp. */
724 if (!(*targetm
.binds_local_p
) (decl
))
727 /* If -msmall-data is in effect, assume that there is only one GP
728 for the module, and so any local symbol has this property. We
729 need explicit relocations to be able to enforce this for symbols
730 not defined in this unit of translation, however. */
731 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& TARGET_SMALL_DATA
)
734 /* Functions that are not external are defined in this UoT. */
735 /* ??? Irritatingly, static functions not yet emitted are still
736 marked "external". Apply this to non-static functions only. */
737 return !TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || !DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
740 /* Return true if EXP should be placed in the small data section. */
743 alpha_in_small_data_p (const_tree exp
)
745 /* We want to merge strings, so we never consider them small data. */
746 if (TREE_CODE (exp
) == STRING_CST
)
749 /* Functions are never in the small data area. Duh. */
750 if (TREE_CODE (exp
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
753 if (TREE_CODE (exp
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_SECTION_NAME (exp
))
755 const char *section
= TREE_STRING_POINTER (DECL_SECTION_NAME (exp
));
756 if (strcmp (section
, ".sdata") == 0
757 || strcmp (section
, ".sbss") == 0)
762 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (exp
));
764 /* If this is an incomplete type with size 0, then we can't put it
765 in sdata because it might be too big when completed. */
766 if (size
> 0 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) size
<= g_switch_value
)
773 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
775 alpha_linkage_symbol_p (const char *symname
)
777 int symlen
= strlen (symname
);
780 return strcmp (&symname
[symlen
- 4], "..lk") == 0;
785 #define LINKAGE_SYMBOL_REF_P(X) \
786 ((GET_CODE (X) == SYMBOL_REF \
787 && alpha_linkage_symbol_p (XSTR (X, 0))) \
788 || (GET_CODE (X) == CONST \
789 && GET_CODE (XEXP (X, 0)) == PLUS \
790 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF \
791 && alpha_linkage_symbol_p (XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (X, 0), 0), 0))))
794 /* legitimate_address_p recognizes an RTL expression that is a valid
795 memory address for an instruction. The MODE argument is the
796 machine mode for the MEM expression that wants to use this address.
798 For Alpha, we have either a constant address or the sum of a
799 register and a constant address, or just a register. For DImode,
800 any of those forms can be surrounded with an AND that clear the
801 low-order three bits; this is an "unaligned" access. */
804 alpha_legitimate_address_p (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
, int strict
)
806 /* If this is an ldq_u type address, discard the outer AND. */
808 && GET_CODE (x
) == AND
809 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
810 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) == -8)
813 /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */
814 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
815 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
816 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
819 /* Unadorned general registers are valid. */
822 ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)
823 : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)))
826 /* Constant addresses (i.e. +/- 32k) are valid. */
827 if (CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (x
))
830 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
831 if (LINKAGE_SYMBOL_REF_P (x
))
835 /* Register plus a small constant offset is valid. */
836 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
)
838 rtx ofs
= XEXP (x
, 1);
841 /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */
842 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
843 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
844 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
850 && NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FP_BASE_P (x
)
851 && GET_CODE (ofs
) == CONST_INT
)
854 ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)
855 : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
))
856 && CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (ofs
))
861 /* If we're managing explicit relocations, LO_SUM is valid, as
862 are small data symbols. */
863 else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
865 if (small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
868 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LO_SUM
)
870 rtx ofs
= XEXP (x
, 1);
873 /* Discard non-paradoxical subregs. */
874 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SUBREG
875 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x
))
876 < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)))))
879 /* Must have a valid base register. */
882 ? STRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
)
883 : NONSTRICT_REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (x
))))
886 /* The symbol must be local. */
887 if (local_symbolic_operand (ofs
, Pmode
)
888 || dtp32_symbolic_operand (ofs
, Pmode
)
889 || tp32_symbolic_operand (ofs
, Pmode
))
897 /* Build the SYMBOL_REF for __tls_get_addr. */
899 static GTY(()) rtx tls_get_addr_libfunc
;
902 get_tls_get_addr (void)
904 if (!tls_get_addr_libfunc
)
905 tls_get_addr_libfunc
= init_one_libfunc ("__tls_get_addr");
906 return tls_get_addr_libfunc
;
909 /* Try machine-dependent ways of modifying an illegitimate address
910 to be legitimate. If we find one, return the new, valid address. */
913 alpha_legitimize_address (rtx x
, rtx scratch
,
914 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
916 HOST_WIDE_INT addend
;
918 /* If the address is (plus reg const_int) and the CONST_INT is not a
919 valid offset, compute the high part of the constant and add it to
920 the register. Then our address is (plus temp low-part-const). */
921 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
922 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
923 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
924 && ! CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (x
, 1)))
926 addend
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
931 /* If the address is (const (plus FOO const_int)), find the low-order
932 part of the CONST_INT. Then load FOO plus any high-order part of the
933 CONST_INT into a register. Our address is (plus reg low-part-const).
934 This is done to reduce the number of GOT entries. */
935 if (can_create_pseudo_p ()
936 && GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
937 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
938 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
940 addend
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1));
941 x
= force_reg (Pmode
, XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0));
945 /* If we have a (plus reg const), emit the load as in (2), then add
946 the two registers, and finally generate (plus reg low-part-const) as
948 if (can_create_pseudo_p ()
949 && GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
950 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
951 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST
952 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0)) == PLUS
953 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
)
955 addend
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), 1));
956 x
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, XEXP (x
, 0),
957 XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 1), 0), 0),
958 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
962 /* If this is a local symbol, split the address into HIGH/LO_SUM parts. */
963 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
965 rtx r0
, r16
, eqv
, tga
, tp
, insn
, dest
, seq
;
967 switch (tls_symbolic_operand_type (x
))
972 case TLS_MODEL_GLOBAL_DYNAMIC
:
975 r0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0);
976 r16
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 16);
977 tga
= get_tls_get_addr ();
978 dest
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
979 seq
= GEN_INT (alpha_next_sequence_number
++);
981 emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_tlsgd (r16
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, x
, seq
));
982 insn
= gen_call_value_osf_tlsgd (r0
, tga
, seq
);
983 insn
= emit_call_insn (insn
);
984 CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
985 use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
), r16
);
990 emit_libcall_block (insn
, dest
, r0
, x
);
993 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
:
996 r0
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0);
997 r16
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 16);
998 tga
= get_tls_get_addr ();
999 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1000 seq
= GEN_INT (alpha_next_sequence_number
++);
1002 emit_insn (gen_movdi_er_tlsldm (r16
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, seq
));
1003 insn
= gen_call_value_osf_tlsldm (r0
, tga
, seq
);
1004 insn
= emit_call_insn (insn
);
1005 CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
1006 use_reg (&CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
), r16
);
1008 insn
= get_insns ();
1011 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, const0_rtx
),
1012 UNSPEC_TLSLDM_CALL
);
1013 emit_libcall_block (insn
, scratch
, r0
, eqv
);
1015 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, x
), UNSPEC_DTPREL
);
1016 eqv
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, eqv
);
1018 if (alpha_tls_size
== 64)
1020 dest
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1021 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, dest
, eqv
));
1022 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, dest
, scratch
));
1025 if (alpha_tls_size
== 32)
1027 insn
= gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, eqv
);
1028 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, scratch
, insn
);
1029 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1030 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
, insn
));
1032 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, scratch
, eqv
);
1034 case TLS_MODEL_INITIAL_EXEC
:
1035 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, x
), UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1036 eqv
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, eqv
);
1037 tp
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1038 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1039 dest
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1041 emit_insn (gen_load_tp (tp
));
1042 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
, eqv
));
1043 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (dest
, tp
, scratch
));
1046 case TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_EXEC
:
1047 eqv
= gen_rtx_UNSPEC (Pmode
, gen_rtvec (1, x
), UNSPEC_TPREL
);
1048 eqv
= gen_rtx_CONST (Pmode
, eqv
);
1049 tp
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1051 emit_insn (gen_load_tp (tp
));
1052 if (alpha_tls_size
== 32)
1054 insn
= gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, eqv
);
1055 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, tp
, insn
);
1056 tp
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1057 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, tp
, insn
));
1059 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, tp
, eqv
);
1065 if (local_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1067 if (small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1071 if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
1072 scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (Pmode
);
1073 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
,
1074 gen_rtx_HIGH (Pmode
, x
)));
1075 return gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, scratch
, x
);
1084 HOST_WIDE_INT low
, high
;
1086 low
= ((addend
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1088 high
= ((addend
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1092 x
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, x
, GEN_INT (addend
),
1093 (!can_create_pseudo_p () ? scratch
: NULL_RTX
),
1094 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1096 x
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, x
, GEN_INT (high
),
1097 (!can_create_pseudo_p () ? scratch
: NULL_RTX
),
1098 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1100 return plus_constant (x
, low
);
1104 /* Primarily this is required for TLS symbols, but given that our move
1105 patterns *ought* to be able to handle any symbol at any time, we
1106 should never be spilling symbolic operands to the constant pool, ever. */
1109 alpha_cannot_force_const_mem (rtx x
)
1111 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (x
);
1112 return code
== SYMBOL_REF
|| code
== LABEL_REF
|| code
== CONST
;
1115 /* We do not allow indirect calls to be optimized into sibling calls, nor
1116 can we allow a call to a function with a different GP to be optimized
1120 alpha_function_ok_for_sibcall (tree decl
, tree exp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1122 /* Can't do indirect tail calls, since we don't know if the target
1123 uses the same GP. */
1127 /* Otherwise, we can make a tail call if the target function shares
1129 return decl_has_samegp (decl
);
1133 some_small_symbolic_operand_int (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1137 /* Don't re-split. */
1138 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LO_SUM
)
1141 return small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
) != 0;
1145 split_small_symbolic_operand_1 (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1149 /* Don't re-split. */
1150 if (GET_CODE (x
) == LO_SUM
)
1153 if (small_symbolic_operand (x
, Pmode
))
1155 x
= gen_rtx_LO_SUM (Pmode
, pic_offset_table_rtx
, x
);
1164 split_small_symbolic_operand (rtx x
)
1167 for_each_rtx (&x
, split_small_symbolic_operand_1
, NULL
);
1171 /* Indicate that INSN cannot be duplicated. This is true for any insn
1172 that we've marked with gpdisp relocs, since those have to stay in
1173 1-1 correspondence with one another.
1175 Technically we could copy them if we could set up a mapping from one
1176 sequence number to another, across the set of insns to be duplicated.
1177 This seems overly complicated and error-prone since interblock motion
1178 from sched-ebb could move one of the pair of insns to a different block.
1180 Also cannot allow jsr insns to be duplicated. If they throw exceptions,
1181 then they'll be in a different block from their ldgp. Which could lead
1182 the bb reorder code to think that it would be ok to copy just the block
1183 containing the call and branch to the block containing the ldgp. */
1186 alpha_cannot_copy_insn_p (rtx insn
)
1188 if (!reload_completed
|| !TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
1190 if (recog_memoized (insn
) >= 0)
1191 return get_attr_cannot_copy (insn
);
1197 /* Try a machine-dependent way of reloading an illegitimate address
1198 operand. If we find one, push the reload and return the new rtx. */
1201 alpha_legitimize_reload_address (rtx x
,
1202 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1203 int opnum
, int type
,
1204 int ind_levels ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1206 /* We must recognize output that we have already generated ourselves. */
1207 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
1208 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == PLUS
1209 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0)) == REG
1210 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1211 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1213 push_reload (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, &XEXP (x
, 0), NULL
,
1214 BASE_REG_CLASS
, GET_MODE (x
), VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
1219 /* We wish to handle large displacements off a base register by
1220 splitting the addend across an ldah and the mem insn. This
1221 cuts number of extra insns needed from 3 to 1. */
1222 if (GET_CODE (x
) == PLUS
1223 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == REG
1224 && REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1225 && REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (REGNO (XEXP (x
, 0)))
1226 && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1228 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1));
1229 HOST_WIDE_INT low
= ((val
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1231 = (((val
- low
) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1233 /* Check for 32-bit overflow. */
1234 if (high
+ low
!= val
)
1237 /* Reload the high part into a base reg; leave the low part
1238 in the mem directly. */
1239 x
= gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
),
1240 gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (x
), XEXP (x
, 0),
1244 push_reload (XEXP (x
, 0), NULL_RTX
, &XEXP (x
, 0), NULL
,
1245 BASE_REG_CLASS
, GET_MODE (x
), VOIDmode
, 0, 0,
1253 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
1254 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
1255 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
1258 alpha_rtx_costs (rtx x
, int code
, int outer_code
, int *total
)
1260 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
1261 bool float_mode_p
= FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
);
1262 const struct alpha_rtx_cost_data
*cost_data
;
1265 cost_data
= &alpha_rtx_cost_size
;
1267 cost_data
= &alpha_rtx_cost_data
[alpha_tune
];
1272 /* If this is an 8-bit constant, return zero since it can be used
1273 nearly anywhere with no cost. If it is a valid operand for an
1274 ADD or AND, likewise return 0 if we know it will be used in that
1275 context. Otherwise, return 2 since it might be used there later.
1276 All other constants take at least two insns. */
1277 if (INTVAL (x
) >= 0 && INTVAL (x
) < 256)
1285 if (x
== CONST0_RTX (mode
))
1287 else if ((outer_code
== PLUS
&& add_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
1288 || (outer_code
== AND
&& and_operand (x
, VOIDmode
)))
1290 else if (add_operand (x
, VOIDmode
) || and_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
1293 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (2);
1299 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& small_symbolic_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
1300 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (outer_code
!= MEM
);
1301 else if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
&& local_symbolic_operand (x
, VOIDmode
))
1302 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1 + (outer_code
!= MEM
));
1303 else if (tls_symbolic_operand_type (x
))
1304 /* Estimate of cost for call_pal rduniq. */
1305 /* ??? How many insns do we emit here? More than one... */
1306 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (15);
1308 /* Otherwise we do a load from the GOT. */
1309 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (optimize_size
? 1 : alpha_memory_latency
);
1313 /* This is effectively an add_operand. */
1320 *total
= cost_data
->fp_add
;
1321 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MULT
1322 && const48_operand (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 1), VOIDmode
))
1324 *total
= (rtx_cost (XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0), outer_code
)
1325 + rtx_cost (XEXP (x
, 1), outer_code
) + COSTS_N_INSNS (1));
1332 *total
= cost_data
->fp_mult
;
1333 else if (mode
== DImode
)
1334 *total
= cost_data
->int_mult_di
;
1336 *total
= cost_data
->int_mult_si
;
1340 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 1)) == CONST_INT
1341 && INTVAL (XEXP (x
, 1)) <= 3)
1343 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
1350 *total
= cost_data
->int_shift
;
1355 *total
= cost_data
->fp_add
;
1357 *total
= cost_data
->int_cmov
;
1365 *total
= cost_data
->int_div
;
1366 else if (mode
== SFmode
)
1367 *total
= cost_data
->fp_div_sf
;
1369 *total
= cost_data
->fp_div_df
;
1373 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (optimize_size
? 1 : alpha_memory_latency
);
1379 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1);
1387 *total
= COSTS_N_INSNS (1) + cost_data
->int_cmov
;
1393 case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
:
1396 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
1397 *total
= cost_data
->fp_add
;
1401 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == MEM
)
1404 *total
= cost_data
->fp_add
;
1412 /* REF is an alignable memory location. Place an aligned SImode
1413 reference into *PALIGNED_MEM and the number of bits to shift into
1414 *PBITNUM. SCRATCH is a free register for use in reloading out
1415 of range stack slots. */
1418 get_aligned_mem (rtx ref
, rtx
*paligned_mem
, rtx
*pbitnum
)
1421 HOST_WIDE_INT disp
, offset
;
1423 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (ref
) == MEM
);
1425 if (reload_in_progress
1426 && ! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), XEXP (ref
, 0)))
1428 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
1429 gcc_assert (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), base
));
1432 base
= XEXP (ref
, 0);
1434 if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
1435 disp
= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1)), base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
1439 /* Find the byte offset within an aligned word. If the memory itself is
1440 claimed to be aligned, believe it. Otherwise, aligned_memory_operand
1441 will have examined the base register and determined it is aligned, and
1442 thus displacements from it are naturally alignable. */
1443 if (MEM_ALIGN (ref
) >= 32)
1448 /* Access the entire aligned word. */
1449 *paligned_mem
= widen_memory_access (ref
, SImode
, -offset
);
1451 /* Convert the byte offset within the word to a bit offset. */
1452 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
1453 offset
= 32 - (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (ref
)) + offset
* 8);
1456 *pbitnum
= GEN_INT (offset
);
1459 /* Similar, but just get the address. Handle the two reload cases.
1460 Add EXTRA_OFFSET to the address we return. */
1463 get_unaligned_address (rtx ref
)
1466 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
1468 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (ref
) == MEM
);
1470 if (reload_in_progress
1471 && ! memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), XEXP (ref
, 0)))
1473 base
= find_replacement (&XEXP (ref
, 0));
1475 gcc_assert (memory_address_p (GET_MODE (ref
), base
));
1478 base
= XEXP (ref
, 0);
1480 if (GET_CODE (base
) == PLUS
)
1481 offset
+= INTVAL (XEXP (base
, 1)), base
= XEXP (base
, 0);
1483 return plus_constant (base
, offset
);
1486 /* Compute a value X, such that X & 7 == (ADDR + OFS) & 7.
1487 X is always returned in a register. */
1490 get_unaligned_offset (rtx addr
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
1492 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == PLUS
)
1494 ofs
+= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1));
1495 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
1498 return expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, PLUS
, addr
, GEN_INT (ofs
& 7),
1499 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
1502 /* On the Alpha, all (non-symbolic) constants except zero go into
1503 a floating-point register via memory. Note that we cannot
1504 return anything that is not a subset of CLASS, and that some
1505 symbolic constants cannot be dropped to memory. */
1508 alpha_preferred_reload_class(rtx x
, enum reg_class
class)
1510 /* Zero is present in any register class. */
1511 if (x
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
)))
1514 /* These sorts of constants we can easily drop to memory. */
1515 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
1516 || GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
1517 || GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_VECTOR
)
1519 if (class == FLOAT_REGS
)
1521 if (class == ALL_REGS
)
1522 return GENERAL_REGS
;
1526 /* All other kinds of constants should not (and in the case of HIGH
1527 cannot) be dropped to memory -- instead we use a GENERAL_REGS
1528 secondary reload. */
1530 return (class == ALL_REGS
? GENERAL_REGS
: class);
1535 /* Inform reload about cases where moving X with a mode MODE to a register in
1536 CLASS requires an extra scratch or immediate register. Return the class
1537 needed for the immediate register. */
1539 static enum reg_class
1540 alpha_secondary_reload (bool in_p
, rtx x
, enum reg_class
class,
1541 enum machine_mode mode
, secondary_reload_info
*sri
)
1543 /* Loading and storing HImode or QImode values to and from memory
1544 usually requires a scratch register. */
1545 if (!TARGET_BWX
&& (mode
== QImode
|| mode
== HImode
|| mode
== CQImode
))
1547 if (any_memory_operand (x
, mode
))
1551 if (!aligned_memory_operand (x
, mode
))
1552 sri
->icode
= reload_in_optab
[mode
];
1555 sri
->icode
= reload_out_optab
[mode
];
1560 /* We also cannot do integral arithmetic into FP regs, as might result
1561 from register elimination into a DImode fp register. */
1562 if (class == FLOAT_REGS
)
1564 if (MEM_P (x
) && GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == AND
)
1565 return GENERAL_REGS
;
1566 if (in_p
&& INTEGRAL_MODE_P (mode
)
1567 && !MEM_P (x
) && !REG_P (x
) && !CONST_INT_P (x
))
1568 return GENERAL_REGS
;
1574 /* Subfunction of the following function. Update the flags of any MEM
1575 found in part of X. */
1578 alpha_set_memflags_1 (rtx
*xp
, void *data
)
1580 rtx x
= *xp
, orig
= (rtx
) data
;
1582 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
1585 MEM_VOLATILE_P (x
) = MEM_VOLATILE_P (orig
);
1586 MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (x
) = MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (orig
);
1587 MEM_SCALAR_P (x
) = MEM_SCALAR_P (orig
);
1588 MEM_NOTRAP_P (x
) = MEM_NOTRAP_P (orig
);
1589 MEM_READONLY_P (x
) = MEM_READONLY_P (orig
);
1591 /* Sadly, we cannot use alias sets because the extra aliasing
1592 produced by the AND interferes. Given that two-byte quantities
1593 are the only thing we would be able to differentiate anyway,
1594 there does not seem to be any point in convoluting the early
1595 out of the alias check. */
1600 /* Given INSN, which is an INSN list or the PATTERN of a single insn
1601 generated to perform a memory operation, look for any MEMs in either
1602 a SET_DEST or a SET_SRC and copy the in-struct, unchanging, and
1603 volatile flags from REF into each of the MEMs found. If REF is not
1604 a MEM, don't do anything. */
1607 alpha_set_memflags (rtx insn
, rtx ref
)
1611 if (GET_CODE (ref
) != MEM
)
1614 /* This is only called from alpha.md, after having had something
1615 generated from one of the insn patterns. So if everything is
1616 zero, the pattern is already up-to-date. */
1617 if (!MEM_VOLATILE_P (ref
)
1618 && !MEM_IN_STRUCT_P (ref
)
1619 && !MEM_SCALAR_P (ref
)
1620 && !MEM_NOTRAP_P (ref
)
1621 && !MEM_READONLY_P (ref
))
1625 base_ptr
= &PATTERN (insn
);
1628 for_each_rtx (base_ptr
, alpha_set_memflags_1
, (void *) ref
);
1631 static rtx
alpha_emit_set_const (rtx
, enum machine_mode
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
1634 /* Internal routine for alpha_emit_set_const to check for N or below insns.
1635 If NO_OUTPUT is true, then we only check to see if N insns are possible,
1636 and return pc_rtx if successful. */
1639 alpha_emit_set_const_1 (rtx target
, enum machine_mode mode
,
1640 HOST_WIDE_INT c
, int n
, bool no_output
)
1644 /* Use a pseudo if highly optimizing and still generating RTL. */
1646 = (flag_expensive_optimizations
&& can_create_pseudo_p () ? 0 : target
);
1649 /* If this is a sign-extended 32-bit constant, we can do this in at most
1650 three insns, so do it if we have enough insns left. We always have
1651 a sign-extended 32-bit constant when compiling on a narrow machine. */
1653 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
!= 64
1654 || c
>> 31 == -1 || c
>> 31 == 0)
1656 HOST_WIDE_INT low
= ((c
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1657 HOST_WIDE_INT tmp1
= c
- low
;
1658 HOST_WIDE_INT high
= (((tmp1
>> 16) & 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1659 HOST_WIDE_INT extra
= 0;
1661 /* If HIGH will be interpreted as negative but the constant is
1662 positive, we must adjust it to do two ldha insns. */
1664 if ((high
& 0x8000) != 0 && c
>= 0)
1668 high
= ((tmp1
>> 16) & 0xffff) - 2 * ((tmp1
>> 16) & 0x8000);
1671 if (c
== low
|| (low
== 0 && extra
== 0))
1673 /* We used to use copy_to_suggested_reg (GEN_INT (c), target, mode)
1674 but that meant that we can't handle INT_MIN on 32-bit machines
1675 (like NT/Alpha), because we recurse indefinitely through
1676 emit_move_insn to gen_movdi. So instead, since we know exactly
1677 what we want, create it explicitly. */
1682 target
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
1683 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, GEN_INT (c
)));
1686 else if (n
>= 2 + (extra
!= 0))
1690 if (!can_create_pseudo_p ())
1692 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, GEN_INT (high
<< 16)));
1696 temp
= copy_to_suggested_reg (GEN_INT (high
<< 16),
1699 /* As of 2002-02-23, addsi3 is only available when not optimizing.
1700 This means that if we go through expand_binop, we'll try to
1701 generate extensions, etc, which will require new pseudos, which
1702 will fail during some split phases. The SImode add patterns
1703 still exist, but are not named. So build the insns by hand. */
1708 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
1709 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, temp
, GEN_INT (extra
<< 16));
1710 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, subtarget
, insn
);
1716 target
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
1717 insn
= gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, temp
, GEN_INT (low
));
1718 insn
= gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, insn
);
1724 /* If we couldn't do it that way, try some other methods. But if we have
1725 no instructions left, don't bother. Likewise, if this is SImode and
1726 we can't make pseudos, we can't do anything since the expand_binop
1727 and expand_unop calls will widen and try to make pseudos. */
1729 if (n
== 1 || (mode
== SImode
&& !can_create_pseudo_p ()))
1732 /* Next, see if we can load a related constant and then shift and possibly
1733 negate it to get the constant we want. Try this once each increasing
1734 numbers of insns. */
1736 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
1738 /* First, see if minus some low bits, we've an easy load of
1741 new = ((c
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1744 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, c
- new, i
, no_output
);
1749 return expand_binop (mode
, add_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (new),
1750 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
1754 /* Next try complementing. */
1755 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, ~c
, i
, no_output
);
1760 return expand_unop (mode
, one_cmpl_optab
, temp
, target
, 0);
1763 /* Next try to form a constant and do a left shift. We can do this
1764 if some low-order bits are zero; the exact_log2 call below tells
1765 us that information. The bits we are shifting out could be any
1766 value, but here we'll just try the 0- and sign-extended forms of
1767 the constant. To try to increase the chance of having the same
1768 constant in more than one insn, start at the highest number of
1769 bits to shift, but try all possibilities in case a ZAPNOT will
1772 bits
= exact_log2 (c
& -c
);
1774 for (; bits
> 0; bits
--)
1777 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new, i
, no_output
);
1780 new = (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)c
>> bits
;
1781 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new,
1788 return expand_binop (mode
, ashl_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (bits
),
1789 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
1793 /* Now try high-order zero bits. Here we try the shifted-in bits as
1794 all zero and all ones. Be careful to avoid shifting outside the
1795 mode and to avoid shifting outside the host wide int size. */
1796 /* On narrow hosts, don't shift a 1 into the high bit, since we'll
1797 confuse the recursive call and set all of the high 32 bits. */
1799 bits
= (MIN (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) * 8)
1800 - floor_log2 (c
) - 1 - (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
< 64));
1802 for (; bits
> 0; bits
--)
1805 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new, i
, no_output
);
1808 new = (c
<< bits
) | (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << bits
) - 1);
1809 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new,
1816 return expand_binop (mode
, lshr_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (bits
),
1817 target
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
1821 /* Now try high-order 1 bits. We get that with a sign-extension.
1822 But one bit isn't enough here. Be careful to avoid shifting outside
1823 the mode and to avoid shifting outside the host wide int size. */
1825 bits
= (MIN (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) * 8)
1826 - floor_log2 (~ c
) - 2);
1828 for (; bits
> 0; bits
--)
1831 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new, i
, no_output
);
1834 new = (c
<< bits
) | (((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << bits
) - 1);
1835 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new,
1842 return expand_binop (mode
, ashr_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (bits
),
1843 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
1848 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 64
1849 /* Finally, see if can load a value into the target that is the same as the
1850 constant except that all bytes that are 0 are changed to be 0xff. If we
1851 can, then we can do a ZAPNOT to obtain the desired constant. */
1854 for (i
= 0; i
< 64; i
+= 8)
1855 if ((new & ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xff << i
)) == 0)
1856 new |= (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0xff << i
;
1858 /* We are only called for SImode and DImode. If this is SImode, ensure that
1859 we are sign extended to a full word. */
1862 new = ((new & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1866 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (subtarget
, mode
, new, n
- 1, no_output
);
1871 return expand_binop (mode
, and_optab
, temp
, GEN_INT (c
| ~ new),
1872 target
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
1880 /* Try to output insns to set TARGET equal to the constant C if it can be
1881 done in less than N insns. Do all computations in MODE. Returns the place
1882 where the output has been placed if it can be done and the insns have been
1883 emitted. If it would take more than N insns, zero is returned and no
1884 insns and emitted. */
1887 alpha_emit_set_const (rtx target
, enum machine_mode mode
,
1888 HOST_WIDE_INT c
, int n
, bool no_output
)
1890 enum machine_mode orig_mode
= mode
;
1891 rtx orig_target
= target
;
1895 /* If we can't make any pseudos, TARGET is an SImode hard register, we
1896 can't load this constant in one insn, do this in DImode. */
1897 if (!can_create_pseudo_p () && mode
== SImode
1898 && GET_CODE (target
) == REG
&& REGNO (target
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
1900 result
= alpha_emit_set_const_1 (target
, mode
, c
, 1, no_output
);
1904 target
= no_output
? NULL
: gen_lowpart (DImode
, target
);
1907 else if (mode
== V8QImode
|| mode
== V4HImode
|| mode
== V2SImode
)
1909 target
= no_output
? NULL
: gen_lowpart (DImode
, target
);
1913 /* Try 1 insn, then 2, then up to N. */
1914 for (i
= 1; i
<= n
; i
++)
1916 result
= alpha_emit_set_const_1 (target
, mode
, c
, i
, no_output
);
1924 insn
= get_last_insn ();
1925 set
= single_set (insn
);
1926 if (! CONSTANT_P (SET_SRC (set
)))
1927 set_unique_reg_note (get_last_insn (), REG_EQUAL
, GEN_INT (c
));
1932 /* Allow for the case where we changed the mode of TARGET. */
1935 if (result
== target
)
1936 result
= orig_target
;
1937 else if (mode
!= orig_mode
)
1938 result
= gen_lowpart (orig_mode
, result
);
1944 /* Having failed to find a 3 insn sequence in alpha_emit_set_const,
1945 fall back to a straight forward decomposition. We do this to avoid
1946 exponential run times encountered when looking for longer sequences
1947 with alpha_emit_set_const. */
1950 alpha_emit_set_long_const (rtx target
, HOST_WIDE_INT c1
, HOST_WIDE_INT c2
)
1952 HOST_WIDE_INT d1
, d2
, d3
, d4
;
1954 /* Decompose the entire word */
1955 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
1956 gcc_assert (c2
== -(c1
< 0));
1957 d1
= ((c1
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1959 d2
= ((c1
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1960 c1
= (c1
- d2
) >> 32;
1961 d3
= ((c1
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1963 d4
= ((c1
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1964 gcc_assert (c1
== d4
);
1966 d1
= ((c1
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1968 d2
= ((c1
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1969 gcc_assert (c1
== d2
);
1971 d3
= ((c2
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
1973 d4
= ((c2
& 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
1974 gcc_assert (c2
== d4
);
1977 /* Construct the high word */
1980 emit_move_insn (target
, GEN_INT (d4
));
1982 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (d3
)));
1985 emit_move_insn (target
, GEN_INT (d3
));
1987 /* Shift it into place */
1988 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (32)));
1990 /* Add in the low bits. */
1992 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (d2
)));
1994 emit_move_insn (target
, gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, target
, GEN_INT (d1
)));
1999 /* Given an integral CONST_INT, CONST_DOUBLE, or CONST_VECTOR, return
2003 alpha_extract_integer (rtx x
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*p0
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*p1
)
2005 HOST_WIDE_INT i0
, i1
;
2007 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_VECTOR
)
2008 x
= simplify_subreg (DImode
, x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0);
2011 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
2016 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
2018 i0
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x
);
2023 i0
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x
);
2024 i1
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x
);
2031 /* Implement LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P. This is all constants for which we
2032 are willing to load the value into a register via a move pattern.
2033 Normally this is all symbolic constants, integral constants that
2034 take three or fewer instructions, and floating-point zero. */
2037 alpha_legitimate_constant_p (rtx x
)
2039 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
2040 HOST_WIDE_INT i0
, i1
;
2042 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
2050 /* TLS symbols are never valid. */
2051 return SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x
) == 0;
2054 if (x
== CONST0_RTX (mode
))
2056 if (FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
2061 if (x
== CONST0_RTX (mode
))
2063 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) != MODE_VECTOR_INT
)
2065 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) != 8)
2071 if (TARGET_BUILD_CONSTANTS
)
2073 alpha_extract_integer (x
, &i0
, &i1
);
2074 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64 || i1
== (-i0
< 0))
2075 return alpha_emit_set_const_1 (x
, mode
, i0
, 3, true) != NULL
;
2083 /* Operand 1 is known to be a constant, and should require more than one
2084 instruction to load. Emit that multi-part load. */
2087 alpha_split_const_mov (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx
*operands
)
2089 HOST_WIDE_INT i0
, i1
;
2090 rtx temp
= NULL_RTX
;
2092 alpha_extract_integer (operands
[1], &i0
, &i1
);
2094 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64 || i1
== -(i0
< 0))
2095 temp
= alpha_emit_set_const (operands
[0], mode
, i0
, 3, false);
2097 if (!temp
&& TARGET_BUILD_CONSTANTS
)
2098 temp
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (operands
[0], i0
, i1
);
2102 if (!rtx_equal_p (operands
[0], temp
))
2103 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], temp
);
2110 /* Expand a move instruction; return true if all work is done.
2111 We don't handle non-bwx subword loads here. */
2114 alpha_expand_mov (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx
*operands
)
2116 /* If the output is not a register, the input must be. */
2117 if (GET_CODE (operands
[0]) == MEM
2118 && ! reg_or_0_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2119 operands
[1] = force_reg (mode
, operands
[1]);
2121 /* Allow legitimize_address to perform some simplifications. */
2122 if (mode
== Pmode
&& symbolic_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2126 tmp
= alpha_legitimize_address (operands
[1], operands
[0], mode
);
2129 if (tmp
== operands
[0])
2136 /* Early out for non-constants and valid constants. */
2137 if (! CONSTANT_P (operands
[1]) || input_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2140 /* Split large integers. */
2141 if (GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == CONST_INT
2142 || GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == CONST_DOUBLE
2143 || GET_CODE (operands
[1]) == CONST_VECTOR
)
2145 if (alpha_split_const_mov (mode
, operands
))
2149 /* Otherwise we've nothing left but to drop the thing to memory. */
2150 operands
[1] = force_const_mem (mode
, operands
[1]);
2151 if (reload_in_progress
)
2153 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], XEXP (operands
[1], 0));
2154 operands
[1] = replace_equiv_address (operands
[1], operands
[0]);
2157 operands
[1] = validize_mem (operands
[1]);
2161 /* Expand a non-bwx QImode or HImode move instruction;
2162 return true if all work is done. */
2165 alpha_expand_mov_nobwx (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx
*operands
)
2169 /* If the output is not a register, the input must be. */
2170 if (MEM_P (operands
[0]))
2171 operands
[1] = force_reg (mode
, operands
[1]);
2173 /* Handle four memory cases, unaligned and aligned for either the input
2174 or the output. The only case where we can be called during reload is
2175 for aligned loads; all other cases require temporaries. */
2177 if (any_memory_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2179 if (aligned_memory_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2181 if (reload_in_progress
)
2184 seq
= gen_reload_inqi_aligned (operands
[0], operands
[1]);
2186 seq
= gen_reload_inhi_aligned (operands
[0], operands
[1]);
2191 rtx aligned_mem
, bitnum
;
2192 rtx scratch
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
2196 get_aligned_mem (operands
[1], &aligned_mem
, &bitnum
);
2198 subtarget
= operands
[0];
2199 if (GET_CODE (subtarget
) == REG
)
2200 subtarget
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, subtarget
), copyout
= false;
2202 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
), copyout
= true;
2205 seq
= gen_aligned_loadqi (subtarget
, aligned_mem
,
2208 seq
= gen_aligned_loadhi (subtarget
, aligned_mem
,
2213 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], gen_lowpart (mode
, subtarget
));
2218 /* Don't pass these as parameters since that makes the generated
2219 code depend on parameter evaluation order which will cause
2220 bootstrap failures. */
2222 rtx temp1
, temp2
, subtarget
, ua
;
2225 temp1
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2226 temp2
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2228 subtarget
= operands
[0];
2229 if (GET_CODE (subtarget
) == REG
)
2230 subtarget
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, subtarget
), copyout
= false;
2232 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
), copyout
= true;
2234 ua
= get_unaligned_address (operands
[1]);
2236 seq
= gen_unaligned_loadqi (subtarget
, ua
, temp1
, temp2
);
2238 seq
= gen_unaligned_loadhi (subtarget
, ua
, temp1
, temp2
);
2240 alpha_set_memflags (seq
, operands
[1]);
2244 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], gen_lowpart (mode
, subtarget
));
2249 if (any_memory_operand (operands
[0], mode
))
2251 if (aligned_memory_operand (operands
[0], mode
))
2253 rtx aligned_mem
, bitnum
;
2254 rtx temp1
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
2255 rtx temp2
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
2257 get_aligned_mem (operands
[0], &aligned_mem
, &bitnum
);
2259 emit_insn (gen_aligned_store (aligned_mem
, operands
[1], bitnum
,
2264 rtx temp1
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2265 rtx temp2
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2266 rtx temp3
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2267 rtx ua
= get_unaligned_address (operands
[0]);
2270 seq
= gen_unaligned_storeqi (ua
, operands
[1], temp1
, temp2
, temp3
);
2272 seq
= gen_unaligned_storehi (ua
, operands
[1], temp1
, temp2
, temp3
);
2274 alpha_set_memflags (seq
, operands
[0]);
2283 /* Implement the movmisalign patterns. One of the operands is a memory
2284 that is not naturally aligned. Emit instructions to load it. */
2287 alpha_expand_movmisalign (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx
*operands
)
2289 /* Honor misaligned loads, for those we promised to do so. */
2290 if (MEM_P (operands
[1]))
2294 if (register_operand (operands
[0], mode
))
2297 tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2299 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp
, operands
[1], 8, 0, 0);
2300 if (tmp
!= operands
[0])
2301 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], tmp
);
2303 else if (MEM_P (operands
[0]))
2305 if (!reg_or_0_operand (operands
[1], mode
))
2306 operands
[1] = force_reg (mode
, operands
[1]);
2307 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (operands
[0], operands
[1], 8, 0);
2313 /* Generate an unsigned DImode to FP conversion. This is the same code
2314 optabs would emit if we didn't have TFmode patterns.
2316 For SFmode, this is the only construction I've found that can pass
2317 gcc.c-torture/execute/ieee/rbug.c. No scenario that uses DFmode
2318 intermediates will work, because you'll get intermediate rounding
2319 that ruins the end result. Some of this could be fixed by turning
2320 on round-to-positive-infinity, but that requires diddling the fpsr,
2321 which kills performance. I tried turning this around and converting
2322 to a negative number, so that I could turn on /m, but either I did
2323 it wrong or there's something else cause I wound up with the exact
2324 same single-bit error. There is a branch-less form of this same code:
2335 fcmoveq $f10,$f11,$f0
2337 I'm not using it because it's the same number of instructions as
2338 this branch-full form, and it has more serialized long latency
2339 instructions on the critical path.
2341 For DFmode, we can avoid rounding errors by breaking up the word
2342 into two pieces, converting them separately, and adding them back:
2344 LC0: .long 0,0x5f800000
2349 cpyse $f11,$f31,$f10
2350 cpyse $f31,$f11,$f11
2358 This doesn't seem to be a clear-cut win over the optabs form.
2359 It probably all depends on the distribution of numbers being
2360 converted -- in the optabs form, all but high-bit-set has a
2361 much lower minimum execution time. */
2364 alpha_emit_floatuns (rtx operands
[2])
2366 rtx neglab
, donelab
, i0
, i1
, f0
, in
, out
;
2367 enum machine_mode mode
;
2370 in
= force_reg (DImode
, operands
[1]);
2371 mode
= GET_MODE (out
);
2372 neglab
= gen_label_rtx ();
2373 donelab
= gen_label_rtx ();
2374 i0
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2375 i1
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2376 f0
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2378 emit_cmp_and_jump_insns (in
, const0_rtx
, LT
, const0_rtx
, DImode
, 0, neglab
);
2380 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, out
, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode
, in
)));
2381 emit_jump_insn (gen_jump (donelab
));
2384 emit_label (neglab
);
2386 emit_insn (gen_lshrdi3 (i0
, in
, const1_rtx
));
2387 emit_insn (gen_anddi3 (i1
, in
, const1_rtx
));
2388 emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (i0
, i0
, i1
));
2389 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, f0
, gen_rtx_FLOAT (mode
, i0
)));
2390 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, out
, gen_rtx_PLUS (mode
, f0
, f0
)));
2392 emit_label (donelab
);
2395 /* Generate the comparison for a conditional branch. */
2398 alpha_emit_conditional_branch (enum rtx_code code
)
2400 enum rtx_code cmp_code
, branch_code
;
2401 enum machine_mode cmp_mode
, branch_mode
= VOIDmode
;
2402 rtx op0
= alpha_compare
.op0
, op1
= alpha_compare
.op1
;
2405 if (alpha_compare
.fp_p
&& GET_MODE (op0
) == TFmode
)
2407 op0
= alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (&code
, op0
, op1
);
2409 alpha_compare
.fp_p
= 0;
2412 /* The general case: fold the comparison code to the types of compares
2413 that we have, choosing the branch as necessary. */
2416 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
2418 /* We have these compares: */
2419 cmp_code
= code
, branch_code
= NE
;
2424 /* These must be reversed. */
2425 cmp_code
= reverse_condition (code
), branch_code
= EQ
;
2428 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
2429 /* For FP, we swap them, for INT, we reverse them. */
2430 if (alpha_compare
.fp_p
)
2432 cmp_code
= swap_condition (code
);
2434 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
2438 cmp_code
= reverse_condition (code
);
2447 if (alpha_compare
.fp_p
)
2450 if (flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
)
2452 /* When we are not as concerned about non-finite values, and we
2453 are comparing against zero, we can branch directly. */
2454 if (op1
== CONST0_RTX (DFmode
))
2455 cmp_code
= UNKNOWN
, branch_code
= code
;
2456 else if (op0
== CONST0_RTX (DFmode
))
2458 /* Undo the swap we probably did just above. */
2459 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
2460 branch_code
= swap_condition (cmp_code
);
2466 /* ??? We mark the branch mode to be CCmode to prevent the
2467 compare and branch from being combined, since the compare
2468 insn follows IEEE rules that the branch does not. */
2469 branch_mode
= CCmode
;
2476 /* The following optimizations are only for signed compares. */
2477 if (code
!= LEU
&& code
!= LTU
&& code
!= GEU
&& code
!= GTU
)
2479 /* Whee. Compare and branch against 0 directly. */
2480 if (op1
== const0_rtx
)
2481 cmp_code
= UNKNOWN
, branch_code
= code
;
2483 /* If the constants doesn't fit into an immediate, but can
2484 be generated by lda/ldah, we adjust the argument and
2485 compare against zero, so we can use beq/bne directly. */
2486 /* ??? Don't do this when comparing against symbols, otherwise
2487 we'll reduce (&x == 0x1234) to (&x-0x1234 == 0), which will
2488 be declared false out of hand (at least for non-weak). */
2489 else if (GET_CODE (op1
) == CONST_INT
2490 && (code
== EQ
|| code
== NE
)
2491 && !(symbolic_operand (op0
, VOIDmode
)
2492 || (GET_CODE (op0
) == REG
&& REG_POINTER (op0
))))
2494 rtx n_op1
= GEN_INT (-INTVAL (op1
));
2496 if (! satisfies_constraint_I (op1
)
2497 && (satisfies_constraint_K (n_op1
)
2498 || satisfies_constraint_L (n_op1
)))
2499 cmp_code
= PLUS
, branch_code
= code
, op1
= n_op1
;
2503 if (!reg_or_0_operand (op0
, DImode
))
2504 op0
= force_reg (DImode
, op0
);
2505 if (cmp_code
!= PLUS
&& !reg_or_8bit_operand (op1
, DImode
))
2506 op1
= force_reg (DImode
, op1
);
2509 /* Emit an initial compare instruction, if necessary. */
2511 if (cmp_code
!= UNKNOWN
)
2513 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (cmp_mode
);
2514 emit_move_insn (tem
, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, cmp_mode
, op0
, op1
));
2517 /* Zero the operands. */
2518 memset (&alpha_compare
, 0, sizeof (alpha_compare
));
2520 /* Return the branch comparison. */
2521 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (branch_code
, branch_mode
, tem
, CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
));
2524 /* Certain simplifications can be done to make invalid setcc operations
2525 valid. Return the final comparison, or NULL if we can't work. */
2528 alpha_emit_setcc (enum rtx_code code
)
2530 enum rtx_code cmp_code
;
2531 rtx op0
= alpha_compare
.op0
, op1
= alpha_compare
.op1
;
2532 int fp_p
= alpha_compare
.fp_p
;
2535 /* Zero the operands. */
2536 memset (&alpha_compare
, 0, sizeof (alpha_compare
));
2538 if (fp_p
&& GET_MODE (op0
) == TFmode
)
2540 op0
= alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (&code
, op0
, op1
);
2545 if (fp_p
&& !TARGET_FIX
)
2548 /* The general case: fold the comparison code to the types of compares
2549 that we have, choosing the branch as necessary. */
2554 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
2556 /* We have these compares. */
2558 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
2562 if (!fp_p
&& op1
== const0_rtx
)
2567 cmp_code
= reverse_condition (code
);
2571 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
2572 /* These normally need swapping, but for integer zero we have
2573 special patterns that recognize swapped operands. */
2574 if (!fp_p
&& op1
== const0_rtx
)
2576 code
= swap_condition (code
);
2578 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
2579 tmp
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tmp
;
2588 if (!register_operand (op0
, DImode
))
2589 op0
= force_reg (DImode
, op0
);
2590 if (!reg_or_8bit_operand (op1
, DImode
))
2591 op1
= force_reg (DImode
, op1
);
2594 /* Emit an initial compare instruction, if necessary. */
2595 if (cmp_code
!= UNKNOWN
)
2597 enum machine_mode mode
= fp_p
? DFmode
: DImode
;
2599 tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (mode
);
2600 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, tmp
,
2601 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, mode
, op0
, op1
)));
2603 op0
= fp_p
? gen_lowpart (DImode
, tmp
) : tmp
;
2607 /* Return the setcc comparison. */
2608 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, op0
, op1
);
2612 /* Rewrite a comparison against zero CMP of the form
2613 (CODE (cc0) (const_int 0)) so it can be written validly in
2614 a conditional move (if_then_else CMP ...).
2615 If both of the operands that set cc0 are nonzero we must emit
2616 an insn to perform the compare (it can't be done within
2617 the conditional move). */
2620 alpha_emit_conditional_move (rtx cmp
, enum machine_mode mode
)
2622 enum rtx_code code
= GET_CODE (cmp
);
2623 enum rtx_code cmov_code
= NE
;
2624 rtx op0
= alpha_compare
.op0
;
2625 rtx op1
= alpha_compare
.op1
;
2626 int fp_p
= alpha_compare
.fp_p
;
2627 enum machine_mode cmp_mode
2628 = (GET_MODE (op0
) == VOIDmode
? DImode
: GET_MODE (op0
));
2629 enum machine_mode cmp_op_mode
= fp_p
? DFmode
: DImode
;
2630 enum machine_mode cmov_mode
= VOIDmode
;
2631 int local_fast_math
= flag_unsafe_math_optimizations
;
2634 /* Zero the operands. */
2635 memset (&alpha_compare
, 0, sizeof (alpha_compare
));
2637 if (fp_p
!= FLOAT_MODE_P (mode
))
2639 enum rtx_code cmp_code
;
2644 /* If we have fp<->int register move instructions, do a cmov by
2645 performing the comparison in fp registers, and move the
2646 zero/nonzero value to integer registers, where we can then
2647 use a normal cmov, or vice-versa. */
2651 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
2652 /* We have these compares. */
2653 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
2657 /* This must be reversed. */
2658 cmp_code
= EQ
, code
= EQ
;
2661 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
2662 /* These normally need swapping, but for integer zero we have
2663 special patterns that recognize swapped operands. */
2664 if (!fp_p
&& op1
== const0_rtx
)
2665 cmp_code
= code
, code
= NE
;
2668 cmp_code
= swap_condition (code
);
2670 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
2678 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (cmp_op_mode
);
2679 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, tem
,
2680 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, cmp_op_mode
,
2683 cmp_mode
= cmp_op_mode
= fp_p
? DImode
: DFmode
;
2684 op0
= gen_lowpart (cmp_op_mode
, tem
);
2685 op1
= CONST0_RTX (cmp_op_mode
);
2687 local_fast_math
= 1;
2690 /* We may be able to use a conditional move directly.
2691 This avoids emitting spurious compares. */
2692 if (signed_comparison_operator (cmp
, VOIDmode
)
2693 && (!fp_p
|| local_fast_math
)
2694 && (op0
== CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
) || op1
== CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
)))
2695 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, VOIDmode
, op0
, op1
);
2697 /* We can't put the comparison inside the conditional move;
2698 emit a compare instruction and put that inside the
2699 conditional move. Make sure we emit only comparisons we have;
2700 swap or reverse as necessary. */
2702 if (!can_create_pseudo_p ())
2707 case EQ
: case LE
: case LT
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
2708 /* We have these compares: */
2712 /* This must be reversed. */
2713 code
= reverse_condition (code
);
2717 case GE
: case GT
: case GEU
: case GTU
:
2718 /* These must be swapped. */
2719 if (op1
!= CONST0_RTX (cmp_mode
))
2721 code
= swap_condition (code
);
2722 tem
= op0
, op0
= op1
, op1
= tem
;
2732 if (!reg_or_0_operand (op0
, DImode
))
2733 op0
= force_reg (DImode
, op0
);
2734 if (!reg_or_8bit_operand (op1
, DImode
))
2735 op1
= force_reg (DImode
, op1
);
2738 /* ??? We mark the branch mode to be CCmode to prevent the compare
2739 and cmov from being combined, since the compare insn follows IEEE
2740 rules that the cmov does not. */
2741 if (fp_p
&& !local_fast_math
)
2744 tem
= gen_reg_rtx (cmp_op_mode
);
2745 emit_move_insn (tem
, gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, cmp_op_mode
, op0
, op1
));
2746 return gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmov_code
, cmov_mode
, tem
, CONST0_RTX (cmp_op_mode
));
2749 /* Simplify a conditional move of two constants into a setcc with
2750 arithmetic. This is done with a splitter since combine would
2751 just undo the work if done during code generation. It also catches
2752 cases we wouldn't have before cse. */
2755 alpha_split_conditional_move (enum rtx_code code
, rtx dest
, rtx cond
,
2756 rtx t_rtx
, rtx f_rtx
)
2758 HOST_WIDE_INT t
, f
, diff
;
2759 enum machine_mode mode
;
2760 rtx target
, subtarget
, tmp
;
2762 mode
= GET_MODE (dest
);
2767 if (((code
== NE
|| code
== EQ
) && diff
< 0)
2768 || (code
== GE
|| code
== GT
))
2770 code
= reverse_condition (code
);
2771 diff
= t
, t
= f
, f
= diff
;
2775 subtarget
= target
= dest
;
2778 target
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, dest
);
2779 if (can_create_pseudo_p ())
2780 subtarget
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
2784 /* Below, we must be careful to use copy_rtx on target and subtarget
2785 in intermediate insns, as they may be a subreg rtx, which may not
2788 if (f
== 0 && exact_log2 (diff
) > 0
2789 /* On EV6, we've got enough shifters to make non-arithmetic shifts
2790 viable over a longer latency cmove. On EV5, the E0 slot is a
2791 scarce resource, and on EV4 shift has the same latency as a cmove. */
2792 && (diff
<= 8 || alpha_tune
== PROCESSOR_EV6
))
2794 tmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
2795 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), tmp
));
2797 tmp
= gen_rtx_ASHIFT (DImode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
),
2798 GEN_INT (exact_log2 (t
)));
2799 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, tmp
));
2801 else if (f
== 0 && t
== -1)
2803 tmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
2804 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), tmp
));
2806 emit_insn (gen_negdi2 (target
, copy_rtx (subtarget
)));
2808 else if (diff
== 1 || diff
== 4 || diff
== 8)
2812 tmp
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
2813 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), tmp
));
2816 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (target
, copy_rtx (subtarget
), GEN_INT (f
)));
2819 add_op
= GEN_INT (f
);
2820 if (sext_add_operand (add_op
, mode
))
2822 tmp
= gen_rtx_MULT (DImode
, copy_rtx (subtarget
),
2824 tmp
= gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, tmp
, add_op
);
2825 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, target
, tmp
));
2837 /* Look up the function X_floating library function name for the
2840 struct xfloating_op
GTY(())
2842 const enum rtx_code code
;
2843 const char *const GTY((skip
)) osf_func
;
2844 const char *const GTY((skip
)) vms_func
;
2848 static GTY(()) struct xfloating_op xfloating_ops
[] =
2850 { PLUS
, "_OtsAddX", "OTS$ADD_X", 0 },
2851 { MINUS
, "_OtsSubX", "OTS$SUB_X", 0 },
2852 { MULT
, "_OtsMulX", "OTS$MUL_X", 0 },
2853 { DIV
, "_OtsDivX", "OTS$DIV_X", 0 },
2854 { EQ
, "_OtsEqlX", "OTS$EQL_X", 0 },
2855 { NE
, "_OtsNeqX", "OTS$NEQ_X", 0 },
2856 { LT
, "_OtsLssX", "OTS$LSS_X", 0 },
2857 { LE
, "_OtsLeqX", "OTS$LEQ_X", 0 },
2858 { GT
, "_OtsGtrX", "OTS$GTR_X", 0 },
2859 { GE
, "_OtsGeqX", "OTS$GEQ_X", 0 },
2860 { FIX
, "_OtsCvtXQ", "OTS$CVTXQ", 0 },
2861 { FLOAT
, "_OtsCvtQX", "OTS$CVTQX", 0 },
2862 { UNSIGNED_FLOAT
, "_OtsCvtQUX", "OTS$CVTQUX", 0 },
2863 { FLOAT_EXTEND
, "_OtsConvertFloatTX", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_T_X", 0 },
2864 { FLOAT_TRUNCATE
, "_OtsConvertFloatXT", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_X_T", 0 }
2867 static GTY(()) struct xfloating_op vax_cvt_ops
[] =
2869 { FLOAT_EXTEND
, "_OtsConvertFloatGX", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_G_X", 0 },
2870 { FLOAT_TRUNCATE
, "_OtsConvertFloatXG", "OTS$CVT_FLOAT_X_G", 0 }
2874 alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (enum rtx_code code
)
2876 struct xfloating_op
*ops
= xfloating_ops
;
2877 long n
= ARRAY_SIZE (xfloating_ops
);
2880 gcc_assert (TARGET_HAS_XFLOATING_LIBS
);
2882 /* How irritating. Nothing to key off for the main table. */
2883 if (TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
&& (code
== FLOAT_EXTEND
|| code
== FLOAT_TRUNCATE
))
2886 n
= ARRAY_SIZE (vax_cvt_ops
);
2889 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; ++i
, ++ops
)
2890 if (ops
->code
== code
)
2892 rtx func
= ops
->libcall
;
2895 func
= init_one_libfunc (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
2896 ? ops
->vms_func
: ops
->osf_func
);
2897 ops
->libcall
= func
;
2905 /* Most X_floating operations take the rounding mode as an argument.
2906 Compute that here. */
2909 alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (enum rtx_code code
,
2910 enum alpha_fp_rounding_mode round
)
2916 case ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
:
2919 case ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
:
2922 case ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
:
2925 case ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
:
2931 /* XXX For reference, round to +inf is mode = 3. */
2934 if (code
== FLOAT_TRUNCATE
&& alpha_fptm
== ALPHA_FPTM_N
)
2940 /* Emit an X_floating library function call.
2942 Note that these functions do not follow normal calling conventions:
2943 TFmode arguments are passed in two integer registers (as opposed to
2944 indirect); TFmode return values appear in R16+R17.
2946 FUNC is the function to call.
2947 TARGET is where the output belongs.
2948 OPERANDS are the inputs.
2949 NOPERANDS is the count of inputs.
2950 EQUIV is the expression equivalent for the function.
2954 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (rtx func
, rtx target
, rtx operands
[],
2955 int noperands
, rtx equiv
)
2957 rtx usage
= NULL_RTX
, tmp
, reg
;
2962 for (i
= 0; i
< noperands
; ++i
)
2964 switch (GET_MODE (operands
[i
]))
2967 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (TFmode
, regno
);
2972 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, regno
+ 32);
2977 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (operands
[i
]) == CONST_INT
);
2980 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, regno
);
2988 emit_move_insn (reg
, operands
[i
]);
2989 usage
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (0, gen_rtx_USE (VOIDmode
, reg
), usage
);
2992 switch (GET_MODE (target
))
2995 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (TFmode
, 16);
2998 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, 32);
3001 reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 0);
3007 tmp
= gen_rtx_MEM (QImode
, func
);
3008 tmp
= emit_call_insn (GEN_CALL_VALUE (reg
, tmp
, const0_rtx
,
3009 const0_rtx
, const0_rtx
));
3010 CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (tmp
) = usage
;
3011 CONST_OR_PURE_CALL_P (tmp
) = 1;
3016 emit_libcall_block (tmp
, target
, reg
, equiv
);
3019 /* Emit an X_floating library function call for arithmetic (+,-,*,/). */
3022 alpha_emit_xfloating_arith (enum rtx_code code
, rtx operands
[])
3026 rtx out_operands
[3];
3028 func
= alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code
);
3029 mode
= alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code
, alpha_fprm
);
3031 out_operands
[0] = operands
[1];
3032 out_operands
[1] = operands
[2];
3033 out_operands
[2] = GEN_INT (mode
);
3034 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func
, operands
[0], out_operands
, 3,
3035 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, TFmode
, operands
[1],
3039 /* Emit an X_floating library function call for a comparison. */
3042 alpha_emit_xfloating_compare (enum rtx_code
*pcode
, rtx op0
, rtx op1
)
3044 enum rtx_code cmp_code
, res_code
;
3045 rtx func
, out
, operands
[2];
3047 /* X_floating library comparison functions return
3051 Convert the compare against the raw return value. */
3079 func
= alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (cmp_code
);
3083 out
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3085 /* ??? Strange mode for equiv because what's actually returned
3086 is -1,0,1, not a proper boolean value. */
3087 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func
, out
, operands
, 2,
3088 gen_rtx_fmt_ee (cmp_code
, CCmode
, op0
, op1
));
3093 /* Emit an X_floating library function call for a conversion. */
3096 alpha_emit_xfloating_cvt (enum rtx_code orig_code
, rtx operands
[])
3098 int noperands
= 1, mode
;
3099 rtx out_operands
[2];
3101 enum rtx_code code
= orig_code
;
3103 if (code
== UNSIGNED_FIX
)
3106 func
= alpha_lookup_xfloating_lib_func (code
);
3108 out_operands
[0] = operands
[1];
3113 mode
= alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code
, ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
);
3114 out_operands
[1] = GEN_INT (mode
);
3117 case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
:
3118 mode
= alpha_compute_xfloating_mode_arg (code
, alpha_fprm
);
3119 out_operands
[1] = GEN_INT (mode
);
3126 alpha_emit_xfloating_libcall (func
, operands
[0], out_operands
, noperands
,
3127 gen_rtx_fmt_e (orig_code
,
3128 GET_MODE (operands
[0]),
3132 /* Split a TImode or TFmode move from OP[1] to OP[0] into a pair of
3133 DImode moves from OP[2,3] to OP[0,1]. If FIXUP_OVERLAP is true,
3134 guarantee that the sequence
3137 is valid. Naturally, output operand ordering is little-endian.
3138 This is used by *movtf_internal and *movti_internal. */
3141 alpha_split_tmode_pair (rtx operands
[4], enum machine_mode mode
,
3144 switch (GET_CODE (operands
[1]))
3147 operands
[3] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[1]) + 1);
3148 operands
[2] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[1]));
3152 operands
[3] = adjust_address (operands
[1], DImode
, 8);
3153 operands
[2] = adjust_address (operands
[1], DImode
, 0);
3158 gcc_assert (operands
[1] == CONST0_RTX (mode
));
3159 operands
[2] = operands
[3] = const0_rtx
;
3166 switch (GET_CODE (operands
[0]))
3169 operands
[1] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[0]) + 1);
3170 operands
[0] = gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (operands
[0]));
3174 operands
[1] = adjust_address (operands
[0], DImode
, 8);
3175 operands
[0] = adjust_address (operands
[0], DImode
, 0);
3182 if (fixup_overlap
&& reg_overlap_mentioned_p (operands
[0], operands
[3]))
3185 tmp
= operands
[0], operands
[0] = operands
[1], operands
[1] = tmp
;
3186 tmp
= operands
[2], operands
[2] = operands
[3], operands
[3] = tmp
;
3190 /* Implement negtf2 or abstf2. Op0 is destination, op1 is source,
3191 op2 is a register containing the sign bit, operation is the
3192 logical operation to be performed. */
3195 alpha_split_tfmode_frobsign (rtx operands
[3], rtx (*operation
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
))
3197 rtx high_bit
= operands
[2];
3201 alpha_split_tmode_pair (operands
, TFmode
, false);
3203 /* Detect three flavors of operand overlap. */
3205 if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[0], operands
[2]))
3207 else if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[1], operands
[2]))
3209 if (rtx_equal_p (operands
[0], high_bit
))
3216 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], operands
[2]);
3218 /* ??? If the destination overlaps both source tf and high_bit, then
3219 assume source tf is dead in its entirety and use the other half
3220 for a scratch register. Otherwise "scratch" is just the proper
3221 destination register. */
3222 scratch
= operands
[move
< 2 ? 1 : 3];
3224 emit_insn ((*operation
) (scratch
, high_bit
, operands
[3]));
3228 emit_move_insn (operands
[0], operands
[2]);
3230 emit_move_insn (operands
[1], scratch
);
3234 /* Use ext[wlq][lh] as the Architecture Handbook describes for extracting
3238 word: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r1,X(r11)
3239 ldq_u r2,X+1(r11) ldq_u r2,X+1(r11)
3240 lda r3,X(r11) lda r3,X+2(r11)
3241 extwl r1,r3,r1 extql r1,r3,r1
3242 extwh r2,r3,r2 extqh r2,r3,r2
3243 or r1.r2.r1 or r1,r2,r1
3246 long: ldq_u r1,X(r11) ldq_u r1,X(r11)
3247 ldq_u r2,X+3(r11) ldq_u r2,X+3(r11)
3248 lda r3,X(r11) lda r3,X(r11)
3249 extll r1,r3,r1 extll r1,r3,r1
3250 extlh r2,r3,r2 extlh r2,r3,r2
3251 or r1.r2.r1 addl r1,r2,r1
3253 quad: ldq_u r1,X(r11)
3262 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (rtx tgt
, rtx mem
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
,
3263 HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
, int sign
)
3265 rtx meml
, memh
, addr
, extl
, exth
, tmp
, mema
;
3266 enum machine_mode mode
;
3268 if (TARGET_BWX
&& size
== 2)
3270 meml
= adjust_address (mem
, QImode
, ofs
);
3271 memh
= adjust_address (mem
, QImode
, ofs
+1);
3272 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3273 tmp
= meml
, meml
= memh
, memh
= tmp
;
3274 extl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3275 exth
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3276 emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqidi2 (extl
, meml
));
3277 emit_insn (gen_zero_extendqidi2 (exth
, memh
));
3278 exth
= expand_simple_binop (DImode
, ASHIFT
, exth
, GEN_INT (8),
3279 NULL
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
3280 addr
= expand_simple_binop (DImode
, IOR
, extl
, exth
,
3281 NULL
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
3283 if (sign
&& GET_MODE (tgt
) != HImode
)
3285 addr
= gen_lowpart (HImode
, addr
);
3286 emit_insn (gen_extend_insn (tgt
, addr
, GET_MODE (tgt
), HImode
, 0));
3290 if (GET_MODE (tgt
) != DImode
)
3291 addr
= gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (tgt
), addr
);
3292 emit_move_insn (tgt
, addr
);
3297 meml
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3298 memh
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3299 addr
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3300 extl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3301 exth
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3303 mema
= XEXP (mem
, 0);
3304 if (GET_CODE (mema
) == LO_SUM
)
3305 mema
= force_reg (Pmode
, mema
);
3307 /* AND addresses cannot be in any alias set, since they may implicitly
3308 alias surrounding code. Ideally we'd have some alias set that
3309 covered all types except those with alignment 8 or higher. */
3311 tmp
= change_address (mem
, DImode
,
3312 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3313 plus_constant (mema
, ofs
),
3315 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3316 emit_move_insn (meml
, tmp
);
3318 tmp
= change_address (mem
, DImode
,
3319 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3320 plus_constant (mema
, ofs
+ size
- 1),
3322 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3323 emit_move_insn (memh
, tmp
);
3325 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
&& sign
&& (size
== 2 || size
== 4))
3327 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, -1));
3329 emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
3330 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (exth
, memh
, GEN_INT (64), addr
));
3332 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, extl
, exth
, tgt
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3333 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ashr_optab
, addr
, GEN_INT (64 - size
*8),
3334 addr
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3336 else if (sign
&& size
== 2)
3338 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, ofs
+2));
3340 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (extl
, meml
, GEN_INT (64), addr
));
3341 emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
3343 /* We must use tgt here for the target. Alpha-vms port fails if we use
3344 addr for the target, because addr is marked as a pointer and combine
3345 knows that pointers are always sign-extended 32-bit values. */
3346 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, extl
, exth
, tgt
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3347 addr
= expand_binop (DImode
, ashr_optab
, addr
, GEN_INT (48),
3348 addr
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3352 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3354 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, ofs
+size
-1));
3358 emit_insn (gen_extwh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
3363 emit_insn (gen_extlh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
3368 emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (extl
, meml
, addr
));
3375 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (exth
, memh
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
3379 emit_move_insn (addr
, plus_constant (mema
, ofs
));
3380 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (extl
, meml
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
3384 emit_insn (gen_extwh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
3389 emit_insn (gen_extlh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
3394 emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (exth
, memh
, addr
));
3403 addr
= expand_binop (mode
, ior_optab
, gen_lowpart (mode
, extl
),
3404 gen_lowpart (mode
, exth
), gen_lowpart (mode
, tgt
),
3409 emit_move_insn (tgt
, gen_lowpart (GET_MODE (tgt
), addr
));
3412 /* Similarly, use ins and msk instructions to perform unaligned stores. */
3415 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (rtx dst
, rtx src
,
3416 HOST_WIDE_INT size
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
3418 rtx dstl
, dsth
, addr
, insl
, insh
, meml
, memh
, dsta
;
3420 if (TARGET_BWX
&& size
== 2)
3422 if (src
!= const0_rtx
)
3424 dstl
= gen_lowpart (QImode
, src
);
3425 dsth
= expand_simple_binop (DImode
, LSHIFTRT
, src
, GEN_INT (8),
3426 NULL
, 1, OPTAB_LIB_WIDEN
);
3427 dsth
= gen_lowpart (QImode
, dsth
);
3430 dstl
= dsth
= const0_rtx
;
3432 meml
= adjust_address (dst
, QImode
, ofs
);
3433 memh
= adjust_address (dst
, QImode
, ofs
+1);
3434 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3435 addr
= meml
, meml
= memh
, memh
= addr
;
3437 emit_move_insn (meml
, dstl
);
3438 emit_move_insn (memh
, dsth
);
3442 dstl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3443 dsth
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3444 insl
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3445 insh
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3447 dsta
= XEXP (dst
, 0);
3448 if (GET_CODE (dsta
) == LO_SUM
)
3449 dsta
= force_reg (Pmode
, dsta
);
3451 /* AND addresses cannot be in any alias set, since they may implicitly
3452 alias surrounding code. Ideally we'd have some alias set that
3453 covered all types except those with alignment 8 or higher. */
3455 meml
= change_address (dst
, DImode
,
3456 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3457 plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
),
3459 set_mem_alias_set (meml
, 0);
3461 memh
= change_address (dst
, DImode
,
3462 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3463 plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
+ size
- 1),
3465 set_mem_alias_set (memh
, 0);
3467 emit_move_insn (dsth
, memh
);
3468 emit_move_insn (dstl
, meml
);
3469 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3471 addr
= copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
+size
-1));
3473 if (src
!= const0_rtx
)
3478 emit_insn (gen_inswl_be (insh
, gen_lowpart (HImode
,src
), addr
));
3481 emit_insn (gen_insll_be (insh
, gen_lowpart (SImode
,src
), addr
));
3484 emit_insn (gen_insql_be (insh
, gen_lowpart (DImode
,src
), addr
));
3487 emit_insn (gen_insxh (insl
, gen_lowpart (DImode
, src
),
3488 GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
3494 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth
, dsth
, GEN_INT (0xffff), addr
));
3498 rtx msk
= immed_double_const (0xffffffff, 0, DImode
);
3499 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth
, dsth
, msk
, addr
));
3503 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (dsth
, dsth
, constm1_rtx
, addr
));
3507 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (dstl
, dstl
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
3511 addr
= copy_addr_to_reg (plus_constant (dsta
, ofs
));
3513 if (src
!= CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (src
)))
3515 emit_insn (gen_insxh (insh
, gen_lowpart (DImode
, src
),
3516 GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
3521 emit_insn (gen_inswl_le (insl
, gen_lowpart (HImode
, src
), addr
));
3524 emit_insn (gen_insll_le (insl
, gen_lowpart (SImode
, src
), addr
));
3527 emit_insn (gen_insql_le (insl
, src
, addr
));
3532 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (dsth
, dsth
, GEN_INT (size
*8), addr
));
3537 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl
, dstl
, GEN_INT (0xffff), addr
));
3541 rtx msk
= immed_double_const (0xffffffff, 0, DImode
);
3542 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl
, dstl
, msk
, addr
));
3546 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (dstl
, dstl
, constm1_rtx
, addr
));
3551 if (src
!= CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (src
)))
3553 dsth
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, insh
, dsth
, dsth
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3554 dstl
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, insl
, dstl
, dstl
, 0, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3557 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3559 emit_move_insn (meml
, dstl
);
3560 emit_move_insn (memh
, dsth
);
3564 /* Must store high before low for degenerate case of aligned. */
3565 emit_move_insn (memh
, dsth
);
3566 emit_move_insn (meml
, dstl
);
3570 /* The block move code tries to maximize speed by separating loads and
3571 stores at the expense of register pressure: we load all of the data
3572 before we store it back out. There are two secondary effects worth
3573 mentioning, that this speeds copying to/from aligned and unaligned
3574 buffers, and that it makes the code significantly easier to write. */
3576 #define MAX_MOVE_WORDS 8
3578 /* Load an integral number of consecutive unaligned quadwords. */
3581 alpha_expand_unaligned_load_words (rtx
*out_regs
, rtx smem
,
3582 HOST_WIDE_INT words
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
3584 rtx
const im8
= GEN_INT (-8);
3585 rtx
const i64
= GEN_INT (64);
3586 rtx ext_tmps
[MAX_MOVE_WORDS
], data_regs
[MAX_MOVE_WORDS
+1];
3587 rtx sreg
, areg
, tmp
, smema
;
3590 smema
= XEXP (smem
, 0);
3591 if (GET_CODE (smema
) == LO_SUM
)
3592 smema
= force_reg (Pmode
, smema
);
3594 /* Generate all the tmp registers we need. */
3595 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3597 data_regs
[i
] = out_regs
[i
];
3598 ext_tmps
[i
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3600 data_regs
[words
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3603 smem
= adjust_address (smem
, GET_MODE (smem
), ofs
);
3605 /* Load up all of the source data. */
3606 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3608 tmp
= change_address (smem
, DImode
,
3609 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3610 plus_constant (smema
, 8*i
),
3612 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3613 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[i
], tmp
);
3616 tmp
= change_address (smem
, DImode
,
3617 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3618 plus_constant (smema
, 8*words
- 1),
3620 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3621 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[words
], tmp
);
3623 /* Extract the half-word fragments. Unfortunately DEC decided to make
3624 extxh with offset zero a noop instead of zeroing the register, so
3625 we must take care of that edge condition ourselves with cmov. */
3627 sreg
= copy_addr_to_reg (smema
);
3628 areg
= expand_binop (DImode
, and_optab
, sreg
, GEN_INT (7), NULL
,
3630 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3631 emit_move_insn (sreg
, plus_constant (sreg
, 7));
3632 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3634 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3636 emit_insn (gen_extqh_be (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], sreg
));
3637 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (ext_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
+1], i64
, sreg
));
3641 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], i64
, sreg
));
3642 emit_insn (gen_extqh_le (ext_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
+1], sreg
));
3644 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, ext_tmps
[i
],
3645 gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (DImode
,
3646 gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, areg
,
3648 const0_rtx
, ext_tmps
[i
])));
3651 /* Merge the half-words into whole words. */
3652 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3654 out_regs
[i
] = expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, data_regs
[i
],
3655 ext_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
], 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3659 /* Store an integral number of consecutive unaligned quadwords. DATA_REGS
3660 may be NULL to store zeros. */
3663 alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (rtx
*data_regs
, rtx dmem
,
3664 HOST_WIDE_INT words
, HOST_WIDE_INT ofs
)
3666 rtx
const im8
= GEN_INT (-8);
3667 rtx
const i64
= GEN_INT (64);
3668 rtx ins_tmps
[MAX_MOVE_WORDS
];
3669 rtx st_tmp_1
, st_tmp_2
, dreg
;
3670 rtx st_addr_1
, st_addr_2
, dmema
;
3673 dmema
= XEXP (dmem
, 0);
3674 if (GET_CODE (dmema
) == LO_SUM
)
3675 dmema
= force_reg (Pmode
, dmema
);
3677 /* Generate all the tmp registers we need. */
3678 if (data_regs
!= NULL
)
3679 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3680 ins_tmps
[i
] = gen_reg_rtx(DImode
);
3681 st_tmp_1
= gen_reg_rtx(DImode
);
3682 st_tmp_2
= gen_reg_rtx(DImode
);
3685 dmem
= adjust_address (dmem
, GET_MODE (dmem
), ofs
);
3687 st_addr_2
= change_address (dmem
, DImode
,
3688 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3689 plus_constant (dmema
, words
*8 - 1),
3691 set_mem_alias_set (st_addr_2
, 0);
3693 st_addr_1
= change_address (dmem
, DImode
,
3694 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
, dmema
, im8
));
3695 set_mem_alias_set (st_addr_1
, 0);
3697 /* Load up the destination end bits. */
3698 emit_move_insn (st_tmp_2
, st_addr_2
);
3699 emit_move_insn (st_tmp_1
, st_addr_1
);
3701 /* Shift the input data into place. */
3702 dreg
= copy_addr_to_reg (dmema
);
3703 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3704 emit_move_insn (dreg
, plus_constant (dreg
, 7));
3705 if (data_regs
!= NULL
)
3707 for (i
= words
-1; i
>= 0; --i
)
3709 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3711 emit_insn (gen_insql_be (ins_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
], dreg
));
3712 emit_insn (gen_insxh (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], i64
, dreg
));
3716 emit_insn (gen_insxh (ins_tmps
[i
], data_regs
[i
], i64
, dreg
));
3717 emit_insn (gen_insql_le (data_regs
[i
], data_regs
[i
], dreg
));
3720 for (i
= words
-1; i
> 0; --i
)
3722 ins_tmps
[i
-1] = expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, data_regs
[i
],
3723 ins_tmps
[i
-1], ins_tmps
[i
-1], 1,
3728 /* Split and merge the ends with the destination data. */
3729 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3731 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (st_tmp_2
, st_tmp_2
, constm1_rtx
, dreg
));
3732 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (st_tmp_1
, st_tmp_1
, i64
, dreg
));
3736 emit_insn (gen_mskxh (st_tmp_2
, st_tmp_2
, i64
, dreg
));
3737 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (st_tmp_1
, st_tmp_1
, constm1_rtx
, dreg
));
3740 if (data_regs
!= NULL
)
3742 st_tmp_2
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, st_tmp_2
, ins_tmps
[words
-1],
3743 st_tmp_2
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3744 st_tmp_1
= expand_binop (DImode
, ior_optab
, st_tmp_1
, data_regs
[0],
3745 st_tmp_1
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3749 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3750 emit_move_insn (st_addr_1
, st_tmp_1
);
3752 emit_move_insn (st_addr_2
, st_tmp_2
);
3753 for (i
= words
-1; i
> 0; --i
)
3755 rtx tmp
= change_address (dmem
, DImode
,
3756 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
3757 plus_constant(dmema
,
3758 WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
? i
*8-1 : i
*8),
3760 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, 0);
3761 emit_move_insn (tmp
, data_regs
? ins_tmps
[i
-1] : const0_rtx
);
3763 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
3764 emit_move_insn (st_addr_2
, st_tmp_2
);
3766 emit_move_insn (st_addr_1
, st_tmp_1
);
3770 /* Expand string/block move operations.
3772 operands[0] is the pointer to the destination.
3773 operands[1] is the pointer to the source.
3774 operands[2] is the number of bytes to move.
3775 operands[3] is the alignment. */
3778 alpha_expand_block_move (rtx operands
[])
3780 rtx bytes_rtx
= operands
[2];
3781 rtx align_rtx
= operands
[3];
3782 HOST_WIDE_INT orig_bytes
= INTVAL (bytes_rtx
);
3783 HOST_WIDE_INT bytes
= orig_bytes
;
3784 HOST_WIDE_INT src_align
= INTVAL (align_rtx
) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
3785 HOST_WIDE_INT dst_align
= src_align
;
3786 rtx orig_src
= operands
[1];
3787 rtx orig_dst
= operands
[0];
3788 rtx data_regs
[2 * MAX_MOVE_WORDS
+ 16];
3790 unsigned int i
, words
, ofs
, nregs
= 0;
3792 if (orig_bytes
<= 0)
3794 else if (orig_bytes
> MAX_MOVE_WORDS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
)
3797 /* Look for additional alignment information from recorded register info. */
3799 tmp
= XEXP (orig_src
, 0);
3800 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
)
3801 src_align
= MAX (src_align
, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp
)));
3802 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PLUS
3803 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == REG
3804 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
3806 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c
= INTVAL (XEXP (tmp
, 1));
3807 unsigned int a
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
3811 if (a
>= 64 && c
% 8 == 0)
3813 else if (a
>= 32 && c
% 4 == 0)
3815 else if (a
>= 16 && c
% 2 == 0)
3820 tmp
= XEXP (orig_dst
, 0);
3821 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
)
3822 dst_align
= MAX (dst_align
, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp
)));
3823 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PLUS
3824 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == REG
3825 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
3827 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c
= INTVAL (XEXP (tmp
, 1));
3828 unsigned int a
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
3832 if (a
>= 64 && c
% 8 == 0)
3834 else if (a
>= 32 && c
% 4 == 0)
3836 else if (a
>= 16 && c
% 2 == 0)
3842 if (src_align
>= 64 && bytes
>= 8)
3846 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3847 data_regs
[nregs
+ i
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3849 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3850 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[nregs
+ i
],
3851 adjust_address (orig_src
, DImode
, ofs
+ i
* 8));
3858 if (src_align
>= 32 && bytes
>= 4)
3862 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3863 data_regs
[nregs
+ i
] = gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
3865 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
3866 emit_move_insn (data_regs
[nregs
+ i
],
3867 adjust_address (orig_src
, SImode
, ofs
+ i
* 4));
3878 for (i
= 0; i
< words
+1; ++i
)
3879 data_regs
[nregs
+ i
] = gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
3881 alpha_expand_unaligned_load_words (data_regs
+ nregs
, orig_src
,
3889 if (! TARGET_BWX
&& bytes
>= 4)
3891 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (SImode
);
3892 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp
, orig_src
, 4, ofs
, 0);
3899 if (src_align
>= 16)
3902 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (HImode
);
3903 emit_move_insn (tmp
, adjust_address (orig_src
, HImode
, ofs
));
3906 } while (bytes
>= 2);
3908 else if (! TARGET_BWX
)
3910 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (HImode
);
3911 alpha_expand_unaligned_load (tmp
, orig_src
, 2, ofs
, 0);
3919 data_regs
[nregs
++] = tmp
= gen_reg_rtx (QImode
);
3920 emit_move_insn (tmp
, adjust_address (orig_src
, QImode
, ofs
));
3925 gcc_assert (nregs
<= ARRAY_SIZE (data_regs
));
3927 /* Now save it back out again. */
3931 /* Write out the data in whatever chunks reading the source allowed. */
3932 if (dst_align
>= 64)
3934 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == DImode
)
3936 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, DImode
, ofs
),
3943 if (dst_align
>= 32)
3945 /* If the source has remaining DImode regs, write them out in
3947 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == DImode
)
3949 tmp
= expand_binop (DImode
, lshr_optab
, data_regs
[i
], GEN_INT (32),
3950 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
3952 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
),
3953 gen_lowpart (SImode
, data_regs
[i
]));
3954 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
+ 4),
3955 gen_lowpart (SImode
, tmp
));
3960 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == SImode
)
3962 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
),
3969 if (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == DImode
)
3971 /* Write out a remaining block of words using unaligned methods. */
3973 for (words
= 1; i
+ words
< nregs
; words
++)
3974 if (GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
+ words
]) != DImode
)
3978 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, data_regs
[i
], 8, ofs
);
3980 alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (data_regs
+ i
, orig_dst
,
3987 /* Due to the above, this won't be aligned. */
3988 /* ??? If we have more than one of these, consider constructing full
3989 words in registers and using alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words. */
3990 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == SImode
)
3992 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, data_regs
[i
], 4, ofs
);
3997 if (dst_align
>= 16)
3998 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == HImode
)
4000 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, HImode
, ofs
), data_regs
[i
]);
4005 while (i
< nregs
&& GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == HImode
)
4007 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, data_regs
[i
], 2, ofs
);
4012 /* The remainder must be byte copies. */
4015 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (data_regs
[i
]) == QImode
);
4016 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, QImode
, ofs
), data_regs
[i
]);
4025 alpha_expand_block_clear (rtx operands
[])
4027 rtx bytes_rtx
= operands
[1];
4028 rtx align_rtx
= operands
[3];
4029 HOST_WIDE_INT orig_bytes
= INTVAL (bytes_rtx
);
4030 HOST_WIDE_INT bytes
= orig_bytes
;
4031 HOST_WIDE_INT align
= INTVAL (align_rtx
) * BITS_PER_UNIT
;
4032 HOST_WIDE_INT alignofs
= 0;
4033 rtx orig_dst
= operands
[0];
4035 int i
, words
, ofs
= 0;
4037 if (orig_bytes
<= 0)
4039 if (orig_bytes
> MAX_MOVE_WORDS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
)
4042 /* Look for stricter alignment. */
4043 tmp
= XEXP (orig_dst
, 0);
4044 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == REG
)
4045 align
= MAX (align
, REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (tmp
)));
4046 else if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == PLUS
4047 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 0)) == REG
4048 && GET_CODE (XEXP (tmp
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
4050 HOST_WIDE_INT c
= INTVAL (XEXP (tmp
, 1));
4051 int a
= REGNO_POINTER_ALIGN (REGNO (XEXP (tmp
, 0)));
4056 align
= a
, alignofs
= 8 - c
% 8;
4058 align
= a
, alignofs
= 4 - c
% 4;
4060 align
= a
, alignofs
= 2 - c
% 2;
4064 /* Handle an unaligned prefix first. */
4068 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
4069 /* Given that alignofs is bounded by align, the only time BWX could
4070 generate three stores is for a 7 byte fill. Prefer two individual
4071 stores over a load/mask/store sequence. */
4072 if ((!TARGET_BWX
|| alignofs
== 7)
4074 && !(alignofs
== 4 && bytes
>= 4))
4076 enum machine_mode mode
= (align
>= 64 ? DImode
: SImode
);
4077 int inv_alignofs
= (align
>= 64 ? 8 : 4) - alignofs
;
4081 mem
= adjust_address (orig_dst
, mode
, ofs
- inv_alignofs
);
4082 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4084 mask
= ~(~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << (inv_alignofs
* 8));
4085 if (bytes
< alignofs
)
4087 mask
|= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << ((inv_alignofs
+ bytes
) * 8);
4098 tmp
= expand_binop (mode
, and_optab
, mem
, GEN_INT (mask
),
4099 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4101 emit_move_insn (mem
, tmp
);
4105 if (TARGET_BWX
&& (alignofs
& 1) && bytes
>= 1)
4107 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, QImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4112 if (TARGET_BWX
&& align
>= 16 && (alignofs
& 3) == 2 && bytes
>= 2)
4114 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, HImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4119 if (alignofs
== 4 && bytes
>= 4)
4121 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4127 /* If we've not used the extra lead alignment information by now,
4128 we won't be able to. Downgrade align to match what's left over. */
4131 alignofs
= alignofs
& -alignofs
;
4132 align
= MIN (align
, alignofs
* BITS_PER_UNIT
);
4136 /* Handle a block of contiguous long-words. */
4138 if (align
>= 64 && bytes
>= 8)
4142 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4143 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, DImode
, ofs
+ i
* 8),
4150 /* If the block is large and appropriately aligned, emit a single
4151 store followed by a sequence of stq_u insns. */
4153 if (align
>= 32 && bytes
> 16)
4157 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4161 orig_dsta
= XEXP (orig_dst
, 0);
4162 if (GET_CODE (orig_dsta
) == LO_SUM
)
4163 orig_dsta
= force_reg (Pmode
, orig_dsta
);
4166 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4169 = change_address (orig_dst
, DImode
,
4170 gen_rtx_AND (DImode
,
4171 plus_constant (orig_dsta
, ofs
+ i
*8),
4173 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4174 emit_move_insn (mem
, const0_rtx
);
4177 /* Depending on the alignment, the first stq_u may have overlapped
4178 with the initial stl, which means that the last stq_u didn't
4179 write as much as it would appear. Leave those questionable bytes
4181 bytes
-= words
* 8 - 4;
4182 ofs
+= words
* 8 - 4;
4185 /* Handle a smaller block of aligned words. */
4187 if ((align
>= 64 && bytes
== 4)
4188 || (align
== 32 && bytes
>= 4))
4192 for (i
= 0; i
< words
; ++i
)
4193 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
+ i
* 4),
4200 /* An unaligned block uses stq_u stores for as many as possible. */
4206 alpha_expand_unaligned_store_words (NULL
, orig_dst
, words
, ofs
);
4212 /* Next clean up any trailing pieces. */
4214 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
4215 /* Count the number of bits in BYTES for which aligned stores could
4218 for (i
= (TARGET_BWX
? 1 : 4); i
* BITS_PER_UNIT
<= align
; i
<<= 1)
4222 /* If we have appropriate alignment (and it wouldn't take too many
4223 instructions otherwise), mask out the bytes we need. */
4224 if (TARGET_BWX
? words
> 2 : bytes
> 0)
4231 mem
= adjust_address (orig_dst
, DImode
, ofs
);
4232 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4234 mask
= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << (bytes
* 8);
4236 tmp
= expand_binop (DImode
, and_optab
, mem
, GEN_INT (mask
),
4237 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4239 emit_move_insn (mem
, tmp
);
4242 else if (align
>= 32 && bytes
< 4)
4247 mem
= adjust_address (orig_dst
, SImode
, ofs
);
4248 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, 0);
4250 mask
= ~(HOST_WIDE_INT
)0 << (bytes
* 8);
4252 tmp
= expand_binop (SImode
, and_optab
, mem
, GEN_INT (mask
),
4253 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_WIDEN
);
4255 emit_move_insn (mem
, tmp
);
4261 if (!TARGET_BWX
&& bytes
>= 4)
4263 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, const0_rtx
, 4, ofs
);
4273 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, HImode
, ofs
),
4277 } while (bytes
>= 2);
4279 else if (! TARGET_BWX
)
4281 alpha_expand_unaligned_store (orig_dst
, const0_rtx
, 2, ofs
);
4289 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (orig_dst
, QImode
, ofs
), const0_rtx
);
4297 /* Returns a mask so that zap(x, value) == x & mask. */
4300 alpha_expand_zap_mask (HOST_WIDE_INT value
)
4305 if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
>= 64)
4307 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0;
4309 for (i
= 7; i
>= 0; --i
)
4312 if (!((value
>> i
) & 1))
4316 result
= gen_int_mode (mask
, DImode
);
4320 HOST_WIDE_INT mask_lo
= 0, mask_hi
= 0;
4322 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32);
4324 for (i
= 7; i
>= 4; --i
)
4327 if (!((value
>> i
) & 1))
4331 for (i
= 3; i
>= 0; --i
)
4334 if (!((value
>> i
) & 1))
4338 result
= immed_double_const (mask_lo
, mask_hi
, DImode
);
4345 alpha_expand_builtin_vector_binop (rtx (*gen
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
),
4346 enum machine_mode mode
,
4347 rtx op0
, rtx op1
, rtx op2
)
4349 op0
= gen_lowpart (mode
, op0
);
4351 if (op1
== const0_rtx
)
4352 op1
= CONST0_RTX (mode
);
4354 op1
= gen_lowpart (mode
, op1
);
4356 if (op2
== const0_rtx
)
4357 op2
= CONST0_RTX (mode
);
4359 op2
= gen_lowpart (mode
, op2
);
4361 emit_insn ((*gen
) (op0
, op1
, op2
));
4364 /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Jump to LABEL if
4365 COND is true. Mark the jump as unlikely to be taken. */
4368 emit_unlikely_jump (rtx cond
, rtx label
)
4370 rtx very_unlikely
= GEN_INT (REG_BR_PROB_BASE
/ 100 - 1);
4373 x
= gen_rtx_IF_THEN_ELSE (VOIDmode
, cond
, label
, pc_rtx
);
4374 x
= emit_jump_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, pc_rtx
, x
));
4375 REG_NOTES (x
) = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_BR_PROB
, very_unlikely
, NULL_RTX
);
4378 /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Emit a load-locked
4379 instruction in MODE. */
4382 emit_load_locked (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx reg
, rtx mem
)
4384 rtx (*fn
) (rtx
, rtx
) = NULL
;
4386 fn
= gen_load_locked_si
;
4387 else if (mode
== DImode
)
4388 fn
= gen_load_locked_di
;
4389 emit_insn (fn (reg
, mem
));
4392 /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Emit a store-conditional
4393 instruction in MODE. */
4396 emit_store_conditional (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx res
, rtx mem
, rtx val
)
4398 rtx (*fn
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
) = NULL
;
4400 fn
= gen_store_conditional_si
;
4401 else if (mode
== DImode
)
4402 fn
= gen_store_conditional_di
;
4403 emit_insn (fn (res
, mem
, val
));
4406 /* A subroutine of the atomic operation splitters. Emit an insxl
4407 instruction in MODE. */
4410 emit_insxl (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx op1
, rtx op2
)
4412 rtx ret
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4413 rtx (*fn
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
4415 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4429 /* The insbl and inswl patterns require a register operand. */
4430 op1
= force_reg (mode
, op1
);
4431 emit_insn (fn (ret
, op1
, op2
));
4436 /* Expand an atomic fetch-and-operate pattern. CODE is the binary operation
4437 to perform. MEM is the memory on which to operate. VAL is the second
4438 operand of the binary operator. BEFORE and AFTER are optional locations to
4439 return the value of MEM either before of after the operation. SCRATCH is
4440 a scratch register. */
4443 alpha_split_atomic_op (enum rtx_code code
, rtx mem
, rtx val
,
4444 rtx before
, rtx after
, rtx scratch
)
4446 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
4447 rtx label
, x
, cond
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REGNO (scratch
));
4449 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4451 label
= gen_label_rtx ();
4453 label
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, label
);
4457 emit_load_locked (mode
, before
, mem
);
4460 x
= gen_rtx_AND (mode
, gen_rtx_NOT (mode
, before
), val
);
4462 x
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (code
, mode
, before
, val
);
4464 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, after
, copy_rtx (x
)));
4465 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, scratch
, x
));
4467 emit_store_conditional (mode
, cond
, mem
, scratch
);
4469 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
4470 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label
);
4472 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4475 /* Expand a compare and swap operation. */
4478 alpha_split_compare_and_swap (rtx retval
, rtx mem
, rtx oldval
, rtx newval
,
4481 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
4482 rtx label1
, label2
, x
, cond
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, scratch
);
4484 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4486 label1
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, gen_label_rtx ());
4487 label2
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, gen_label_rtx ());
4488 emit_label (XEXP (label1
, 0));
4490 emit_load_locked (mode
, retval
, mem
);
4492 x
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, retval
);
4493 if (oldval
== const0_rtx
)
4494 x
= gen_rtx_NE (DImode
, x
, const0_rtx
);
4497 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, x
, oldval
);
4498 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, cond
, x
));
4499 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
4501 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label2
);
4503 emit_move_insn (scratch
, newval
);
4504 emit_store_conditional (mode
, cond
, mem
, scratch
);
4506 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
4507 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label1
);
4509 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4510 emit_label (XEXP (label2
, 0));
4514 alpha_expand_compare_and_swap_12 (rtx dst
, rtx mem
, rtx oldval
, rtx newval
)
4516 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
4517 rtx addr
, align
, wdst
;
4518 rtx (*fn5
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
4520 addr
= force_reg (DImode
, XEXP (mem
, 0));
4521 align
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, AND
, addr
, GEN_INT (-8),
4522 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT
);
4524 oldval
= convert_modes (DImode
, mode
, oldval
, 1);
4525 newval
= emit_insxl (mode
, newval
, addr
);
4527 wdst
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4529 fn5
= gen_sync_compare_and_swapqi_1
;
4531 fn5
= gen_sync_compare_and_swaphi_1
;
4532 emit_insn (fn5 (wdst
, addr
, oldval
, newval
, align
));
4534 emit_move_insn (dst
, gen_lowpart (mode
, wdst
));
4538 alpha_split_compare_and_swap_12 (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx dest
, rtx addr
,
4539 rtx oldval
, rtx newval
, rtx align
,
4540 rtx scratch
, rtx cond
)
4542 rtx label1
, label2
, mem
, width
, mask
, x
;
4544 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, align
);
4545 MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem
) = 1;
4547 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4548 label1
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, gen_label_rtx ());
4549 label2
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, gen_label_rtx ());
4550 emit_label (XEXP (label1
, 0));
4552 emit_load_locked (DImode
, scratch
, mem
);
4554 width
= GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
));
4555 mask
= GEN_INT (mode
== QImode
? 0xff : 0xffff);
4556 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4557 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (dest
, scratch
, width
, addr
));
4559 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (dest
, scratch
, width
, addr
));
4561 if (oldval
== const0_rtx
)
4562 x
= gen_rtx_NE (DImode
, dest
, const0_rtx
);
4565 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, dest
, oldval
);
4566 emit_insn (gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, cond
, x
));
4567 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
4569 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label2
);
4571 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4572 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (scratch
, scratch
, mask
, addr
));
4574 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (scratch
, scratch
, mask
, addr
));
4575 emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (scratch
, scratch
, newval
));
4577 emit_store_conditional (DImode
, scratch
, mem
, scratch
);
4579 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, scratch
, const0_rtx
);
4580 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label1
);
4582 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4583 emit_label (XEXP (label2
, 0));
4586 /* Expand an atomic exchange operation. */
4589 alpha_split_lock_test_and_set (rtx retval
, rtx mem
, rtx val
, rtx scratch
)
4591 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
4592 rtx label
, x
, cond
= gen_lowpart (DImode
, scratch
);
4594 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4596 label
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, gen_label_rtx ());
4597 emit_label (XEXP (label
, 0));
4599 emit_load_locked (mode
, retval
, mem
);
4600 emit_move_insn (scratch
, val
);
4601 emit_store_conditional (mode
, cond
, mem
, scratch
);
4603 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, cond
, const0_rtx
);
4604 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label
);
4608 alpha_expand_lock_test_and_set_12 (rtx dst
, rtx mem
, rtx val
)
4610 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
4611 rtx addr
, align
, wdst
;
4612 rtx (*fn4
) (rtx
, rtx
, rtx
, rtx
);
4614 /* Force the address into a register. */
4615 addr
= force_reg (DImode
, XEXP (mem
, 0));
4617 /* Align it to a multiple of 8. */
4618 align
= expand_simple_binop (Pmode
, AND
, addr
, GEN_INT (-8),
4619 NULL_RTX
, 1, OPTAB_DIRECT
);
4621 /* Insert val into the correct byte location within the word. */
4622 val
= emit_insxl (mode
, val
, addr
);
4624 wdst
= gen_reg_rtx (DImode
);
4626 fn4
= gen_sync_lock_test_and_setqi_1
;
4628 fn4
= gen_sync_lock_test_and_sethi_1
;
4629 emit_insn (fn4 (wdst
, addr
, val
, align
));
4631 emit_move_insn (dst
, gen_lowpart (mode
, wdst
));
4635 alpha_split_lock_test_and_set_12 (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx dest
, rtx addr
,
4636 rtx val
, rtx align
, rtx scratch
)
4638 rtx label
, mem
, width
, mask
, x
;
4640 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, align
);
4641 MEM_VOLATILE_P (mem
) = 1;
4643 emit_insn (gen_memory_barrier ());
4644 label
= gen_rtx_LABEL_REF (DImode
, gen_label_rtx ());
4645 emit_label (XEXP (label
, 0));
4647 emit_load_locked (DImode
, scratch
, mem
);
4649 width
= GEN_INT (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
));
4650 mask
= GEN_INT (mode
== QImode
? 0xff : 0xffff);
4651 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
4653 emit_insn (gen_extxl_be (dest
, scratch
, width
, addr
));
4654 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_be (scratch
, scratch
, mask
, addr
));
4658 emit_insn (gen_extxl_le (dest
, scratch
, width
, addr
));
4659 emit_insn (gen_mskxl_le (scratch
, scratch
, mask
, addr
));
4661 emit_insn (gen_iordi3 (scratch
, scratch
, val
));
4663 emit_store_conditional (DImode
, scratch
, mem
, scratch
);
4665 x
= gen_rtx_EQ (DImode
, scratch
, const0_rtx
);
4666 emit_unlikely_jump (x
, label
);
4669 /* Adjust the cost of a scheduling dependency. Return the new cost of
4670 a dependency LINK or INSN on DEP_INSN. COST is the current cost. */
4673 alpha_adjust_cost (rtx insn
, rtx link
, rtx dep_insn
, int cost
)
4675 enum attr_type insn_type
, dep_insn_type
;
4677 /* If the dependence is an anti-dependence, there is no cost. For an
4678 output dependence, there is sometimes a cost, but it doesn't seem
4679 worth handling those few cases. */
4680 if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link
) != 0)
4683 /* If we can't recognize the insns, we can't really do anything. */
4684 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0 || recog_memoized (dep_insn
) < 0)
4687 insn_type
= get_attr_type (insn
);
4688 dep_insn_type
= get_attr_type (dep_insn
);
4690 /* Bring in the user-defined memory latency. */
4691 if (dep_insn_type
== TYPE_ILD
4692 || dep_insn_type
== TYPE_FLD
4693 || dep_insn_type
== TYPE_LDSYM
)
4694 cost
+= alpha_memory_latency
-1;
4696 /* Everything else handled in DFA bypasses now. */
4701 /* The number of instructions that can be issued per cycle. */
4704 alpha_issue_rate (void)
4706 return (alpha_tune
== PROCESSOR_EV4
? 2 : 4);
4709 /* How many alternative schedules to try. This should be as wide as the
4710 scheduling freedom in the DFA, but no wider. Making this value too
4711 large results extra work for the scheduler.
4713 For EV4, loads can be issued to either IB0 or IB1, thus we have 2
4714 alternative schedules. For EV5, we can choose between E0/E1 and
4715 FA/FM. For EV6, an arithmetic insn can be issued to U0/U1/L0/L1. */
4718 alpha_multipass_dfa_lookahead (void)
4720 return (alpha_tune
== PROCESSOR_EV6
? 4 : 2);
4723 /* Machine-specific function data. */
4725 struct machine_function
GTY(())
4728 /* List of call information words for calls from this function. */
4729 struct rtx_def
*first_ciw
;
4730 struct rtx_def
*last_ciw
;
4733 /* List of deferred case vectors. */
4734 struct rtx_def
*addr_list
;
4737 const char *some_ld_name
;
4739 /* For TARGET_LD_BUGGY_LDGP. */
4740 struct rtx_def
*gp_save_rtx
;
4743 /* How to allocate a 'struct machine_function'. */
4745 static struct machine_function
*
4746 alpha_init_machine_status (void)
4748 return ((struct machine_function
*)
4749 ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct machine_function
)));
4752 /* Functions to save and restore alpha_return_addr_rtx. */
4754 /* Start the ball rolling with RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
4757 alpha_return_addr (int count
, rtx frame ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4762 return get_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode
, REG_RA
);
4765 /* Return or create a memory slot containing the gp value for the current
4766 function. Needed only if TARGET_LD_BUGGY_LDGP. */
4769 alpha_gp_save_rtx (void)
4771 rtx seq
, m
= cfun
->machine
->gp_save_rtx
;
4777 m
= assign_stack_local (DImode
, UNITS_PER_WORD
, BITS_PER_WORD
);
4778 m
= validize_mem (m
);
4779 emit_move_insn (m
, pic_offset_table_rtx
);
4783 emit_insn_at_entry (seq
);
4785 cfun
->machine
->gp_save_rtx
= m
;
4792 alpha_ra_ever_killed (void)
4796 if (!has_hard_reg_initial_val (Pmode
, REG_RA
))
4797 return (int)df_regs_ever_live_p (REG_RA
);
4799 push_topmost_sequence ();
4801 pop_topmost_sequence ();
4803 return reg_set_between_p (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, REG_RA
), top
, NULL_RTX
);
4807 /* Return the trap mode suffix applicable to the current
4808 instruction, or NULL. */
4811 get_trap_mode_suffix (void)
4813 enum attr_trap_suffix s
= get_attr_trap_suffix (current_output_insn
);
4817 case TRAP_SUFFIX_NONE
:
4820 case TRAP_SUFFIX_SU
:
4821 if (alpha_fptm
>= ALPHA_FPTM_SU
)
4825 case TRAP_SUFFIX_SUI
:
4826 if (alpha_fptm
>= ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
)
4830 case TRAP_SUFFIX_V_SV
:
4838 case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
:
4844 case TRAP_SUFFIX_V_SV_SVI
:
4853 case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
:
4860 case TRAP_SUFFIX_U_SU_SUI
:
4869 case ALPHA_FPTM_SUI
:
4882 /* Return the rounding mode suffix applicable to the current
4883 instruction, or NULL. */
4886 get_round_mode_suffix (void)
4888 enum attr_round_suffix s
= get_attr_round_suffix (current_output_insn
);
4892 case ROUND_SUFFIX_NONE
:
4894 case ROUND_SUFFIX_NORMAL
:
4897 case ALPHA_FPRM_NORM
:
4899 case ALPHA_FPRM_MINF
:
4901 case ALPHA_FPRM_CHOP
:
4903 case ALPHA_FPRM_DYN
:
4910 case ROUND_SUFFIX_C
:
4919 /* Locate some local-dynamic symbol still in use by this function
4920 so that we can print its name in some movdi_er_tlsldm pattern. */
4923 get_some_local_dynamic_name_1 (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4927 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
4928 && SYMBOL_REF_TLS_MODEL (x
) == TLS_MODEL_LOCAL_DYNAMIC
)
4930 cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
= XSTR (x
, 0);
4938 get_some_local_dynamic_name (void)
4942 if (cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
)
4943 return cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
;
4945 for (insn
= get_insns (); insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
4947 && for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn
), get_some_local_dynamic_name_1
, 0))
4948 return cfun
->machine
->some_ld_name
;
4953 /* Print an operand. Recognize special options, documented below. */
4956 print_operand (FILE *file
, rtx x
, int code
)
4963 /* Print the assembler name of the current function. */
4964 assemble_name (file
, alpha_fnname
);
4968 assemble_name (file
, get_some_local_dynamic_name ());
4973 const char *trap
= get_trap_mode_suffix ();
4974 const char *round
= get_round_mode_suffix ();
4977 fprintf (file
, (TARGET_AS_SLASH_BEFORE_SUFFIX
? "/%s%s" : "%s%s"),
4978 (trap
? trap
: ""), (round
? round
: ""));
4983 /* Generates single precision instruction suffix. */
4984 fputc ((TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? 'f' : 's'), file
);
4988 /* Generates double precision instruction suffix. */
4989 fputc ((TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? 'g' : 't'), file
);
4993 if (alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
== 0)
4994 alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
= alpha_next_sequence_number
++;
4995 fprintf (file
, "%d", alpha_this_literal_sequence_number
);
4999 if (alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
== 0)
5000 alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
= alpha_next_sequence_number
++;
5001 fprintf (file
, "%d", alpha_this_gpdisp_sequence_number
);
5005 if (GET_CODE (x
) == HIGH
)
5006 output_addr_const (file
, XEXP (x
, 0));
5008 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%H value");
5015 if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSGD_CALL
)
5017 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
5018 lituse
= "lituse_tlsgd";
5020 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == UNSPEC
&& XINT (x
, 1) == UNSPEC_TLSLDM_CALL
)
5022 x
= XVECEXP (x
, 0, 0);
5023 lituse
= "lituse_tlsldm";
5025 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
5026 lituse
= "lituse_jsr";
5029 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%J value");
5033 if (x
!= const0_rtx
)
5034 fprintf (file
, "\t\t!%s!%d", lituse
, (int) INTVAL (x
));
5042 #ifdef HAVE_AS_JSRDIRECT_RELOCS
5043 lituse
= "lituse_jsrdirect";
5045 lituse
= "lituse_jsr";
5048 gcc_assert (INTVAL (x
) != 0);
5049 fprintf (file
, "\t\t!%s!%d", lituse
, (int) INTVAL (x
));
5053 /* If this operand is the constant zero, write it as "$31". */
5054 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
5055 fprintf (file
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
5056 else if (x
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
)))
5057 fprintf (file
, "$31");
5059 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%r value");
5063 /* Similar, but for floating-point. */
5064 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
5065 fprintf (file
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
5066 else if (x
== CONST0_RTX (GET_MODE (x
)))
5067 fprintf (file
, "$f31");
5069 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%R value");
5073 /* Write the 1's complement of a constant. */
5074 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5075 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%N value");
5077 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, ~ INTVAL (x
));
5081 /* Write 1 << C, for a constant C. */
5082 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5083 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%P value");
5085 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, (HOST_WIDE_INT
) 1 << INTVAL (x
));
5089 /* Write the high-order 16 bits of a constant, sign-extended. */
5090 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5091 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%h value");
5093 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, INTVAL (x
) >> 16);
5097 /* Write the low-order 16 bits of a constant, sign-extended. */
5098 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
)
5099 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%L value");
5101 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
5102 (INTVAL (x
) & 0xffff) - 2 * (INTVAL (x
) & 0x8000));
5106 /* Write mask for ZAP insn. */
5107 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
)
5109 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0;
5110 HOST_WIDE_INT value
;
5112 value
= CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x
);
5113 for (i
= 0; i
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
5118 value
= CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x
);
5119 for (i
= 0; i
< HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
;
5122 mask
|= (1 << (i
+ sizeof (int)));
5124 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, mask
& 0xff);
5127 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
5129 HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0, value
= INTVAL (x
);
5131 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; i
++, value
>>= 8)
5135 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, mask
);
5138 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%m value");
5142 /* 'b', 'w', 'l', or 'q' as the value of the constant. */
5143 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
5144 || (INTVAL (x
) != 8 && INTVAL (x
) != 16
5145 && INTVAL (x
) != 32 && INTVAL (x
) != 64))
5146 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%M value");
5148 fprintf (file
, "%s",
5149 (INTVAL (x
) == 8 ? "b"
5150 : INTVAL (x
) == 16 ? "w"
5151 : INTVAL (x
) == 32 ? "l"
5156 /* Similar, except do it from the mask. */
5157 if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_INT
)
5159 HOST_WIDE_INT value
= INTVAL (x
);
5166 if (value
== 0xffff)
5171 if (value
== 0xffffffff)
5182 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
5183 && GET_CODE (x
) == CONST_DOUBLE
5184 && CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (x
) == 0xffffffff
5185 && CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (x
) == 0)
5190 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%U value");
5194 /* Write the constant value divided by 8 for little-endian mode or
5195 (56 - value) / 8 for big-endian mode. */
5197 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
5198 || (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (x
) >= (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
5201 || (INTVAL (x
) & 7) != 0)
5202 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value");
5204 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
5206 ? (56 - INTVAL (x
)) / 8
5211 /* Same, except compute (64 - c) / 8 */
5213 if (GET_CODE (x
) != CONST_INT
5214 && (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) INTVAL (x
) >= 64
5215 && (INTVAL (x
) & 7) != 8)
5216 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%s value");
5218 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, (64 - INTVAL (x
)) / 8);
5223 /* On Unicos/Mk systems: use a DEX expression if the symbol
5224 clashes with a register name. */
5225 int dex
= unicosmk_need_dex (x
);
5227 fprintf (file
, "DEX(%d)", dex
);
5229 output_addr_const (file
, x
);
5233 case 'C': case 'D': case 'c': case 'd':
5234 /* Write out comparison name. */
5236 enum rtx_code c
= GET_CODE (x
);
5238 if (!COMPARISON_P (x
))
5239 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%C value");
5241 else if (code
== 'D')
5242 c
= reverse_condition (c
);
5243 else if (code
== 'c')
5244 c
= swap_condition (c
);
5245 else if (code
== 'd')
5246 c
= swap_condition (reverse_condition (c
));
5249 fprintf (file
, "ule");
5251 fprintf (file
, "ult");
5252 else if (c
== UNORDERED
)
5253 fprintf (file
, "un");
5255 fprintf (file
, "%s", GET_RTX_NAME (c
));
5260 /* Write the divide or modulus operator. */
5261 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
5264 fprintf (file
, "div%s", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5267 fprintf (file
, "div%su", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5270 fprintf (file
, "rem%s", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5273 fprintf (file
, "rem%su", GET_MODE (x
) == SImode
? "l" : "q");
5276 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%E value");
5282 /* Write "_u" for unaligned access. */
5283 if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == AND
)
5284 fprintf (file
, "_u");
5288 if (GET_CODE (x
) == REG
)
5289 fprintf (file
, "%s", reg_names
[REGNO (x
)]);
5290 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
)
5291 output_address (XEXP (x
, 0));
5292 else if (GET_CODE (x
) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (x
, 0)) == UNSPEC
)
5294 switch (XINT (XEXP (x
, 0), 1))
5298 output_addr_const (file
, XVECEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0, 0));
5301 output_operand_lossage ("unknown relocation unspec");
5306 output_addr_const (file
, x
);
5310 output_operand_lossage ("invalid %%xn code");
5315 print_operand_address (FILE *file
, rtx addr
)
5318 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
5320 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == AND
)
5321 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
5323 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == PLUS
5324 && GET_CODE (XEXP (addr
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
5326 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (addr
, 1));
5327 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
5330 if (GET_CODE (addr
) == LO_SUM
)
5332 const char *reloc16
, *reloclo
;
5333 rtx op1
= XEXP (addr
, 1);
5335 if (GET_CODE (op1
) == CONST
&& GET_CODE (XEXP (op1
, 0)) == UNSPEC
)
5337 op1
= XEXP (op1
, 0);
5338 switch (XINT (op1
, 1))
5342 reloclo
= (alpha_tls_size
== 16 ? "dtprel" : "dtprello");
5346 reloclo
= (alpha_tls_size
== 16 ? "tprel" : "tprello");
5349 output_operand_lossage ("unknown relocation unspec");
5353 output_addr_const (file
, XVECEXP (op1
, 0, 0));
5358 reloclo
= "gprellow";
5359 output_addr_const (file
, op1
);
5363 fprintf (file
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, offset
);
5365 addr
= XEXP (addr
, 0);
5366 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
5369 basereg
= REGNO (addr
);
5373 basereg
= subreg_regno (addr
);
5380 fprintf (file
, "($%d)\t\t!%s", basereg
,
5381 (basereg
== 29 ? reloc16
: reloclo
));
5385 switch (GET_CODE (addr
))
5388 basereg
= REGNO (addr
);
5392 basereg
= subreg_regno (addr
);
5396 offset
= INTVAL (addr
);
5399 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
5401 fprintf (file
, "%s", XSTR (addr
, 0));
5405 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (addr
, 0)) == PLUS
5406 && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (addr
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
);
5407 fprintf (file
, "%s+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
,
5408 XSTR (XEXP (XEXP (addr
, 0), 0), 0),
5409 INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (addr
, 0), 1)));
5417 fprintf (file
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"($%d)", offset
, basereg
);
5420 /* Emit RTL insns to initialize the variable parts of a trampoline at
5421 TRAMP. FNADDR is an RTX for the address of the function's pure
5422 code. CXT is an RTX for the static chain value for the function.
5424 The three offset parameters are for the individual template's
5425 layout. A JMPOFS < 0 indicates that the trampoline does not
5426 contain instructions at all.
5428 We assume here that a function will be called many more times than
5429 its address is taken (e.g., it might be passed to qsort), so we
5430 take the trouble to initialize the "hint" field in the JMP insn.
5431 Note that the hint field is PC (new) + 4 * bits 13:0. */
5434 alpha_initialize_trampoline (rtx tramp
, rtx fnaddr
, rtx cxt
,
5435 int fnofs
, int cxtofs
, int jmpofs
)
5437 rtx temp
, temp1
, addr
;
5438 /* VMS really uses DImode pointers in memory at this point. */
5439 enum machine_mode mode
= TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
? Pmode
: ptr_mode
;
5441 #ifdef POINTERS_EXTEND_UNSIGNED
5442 fnaddr
= convert_memory_address (mode
, fnaddr
);
5443 cxt
= convert_memory_address (mode
, cxt
);
5446 /* Store function address and CXT. */
5447 addr
= memory_address (mode
, plus_constant (tramp
, fnofs
));
5448 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, addr
), fnaddr
);
5449 addr
= memory_address (mode
, plus_constant (tramp
, cxtofs
));
5450 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, addr
), cxt
);
5452 /* This has been disabled since the hint only has a 32k range, and in
5453 no existing OS is the stack within 32k of the text segment. */
5454 if (0 && jmpofs
>= 0)
5456 /* Compute hint value. */
5457 temp
= force_operand (plus_constant (tramp
, jmpofs
+4), NULL_RTX
);
5458 temp
= expand_binop (DImode
, sub_optab
, fnaddr
, temp
, temp
, 1,
5460 temp
= expand_shift (RSHIFT_EXPR
, Pmode
, temp
,
5461 build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, 2), NULL_RTX
, 1);
5462 temp
= expand_and (SImode
, gen_lowpart (SImode
, temp
),
5463 GEN_INT (0x3fff), 0);
5465 /* Merge in the hint. */
5466 addr
= memory_address (SImode
, plus_constant (tramp
, jmpofs
));
5467 temp1
= force_reg (SImode
, gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, addr
));
5468 temp1
= expand_and (SImode
, temp1
, GEN_INT (0xffffc000), NULL_RTX
);
5469 temp1
= expand_binop (SImode
, ior_optab
, temp1
, temp
, temp1
, 1,
5471 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_MEM (SImode
, addr
), temp1
);
5474 #ifdef ENABLE_EXECUTE_STACK
5475 emit_library_call (init_one_libfunc ("__enable_execute_stack"),
5476 0, VOIDmode
, 1, tramp
, Pmode
);
5480 emit_insn (gen_imb ());
5483 /* Determine where to put an argument to a function.
5484 Value is zero to push the argument on the stack,
5485 or a hard register in which to store the argument.
5487 MODE is the argument's machine mode.
5488 TYPE is the data type of the argument (as a tree).
5489 This is null for libcalls where that information may
5491 CUM is a variable of type CUMULATIVE_ARGS which gives info about
5492 the preceding args and about the function being called.
5493 NAMED is nonzero if this argument is a named parameter
5494 (otherwise it is an extra parameter matching an ellipsis).
5496 On Alpha the first 6 words of args are normally in registers
5497 and the rest are pushed. */
5500 function_arg (CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum
, enum machine_mode mode
, tree type
,
5501 int named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5506 /* Don't get confused and pass small structures in FP registers. */
5507 if (type
&& AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
5511 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5512 /* With alpha_split_complex_arg, we shouldn't see any raw complex
5514 gcc_assert (!COMPLEX_MODE_P (mode
));
5517 /* Set up defaults for FP operands passed in FP registers, and
5518 integral operands passed in integer registers. */
5519 if (TARGET_FPREGS
&& GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
5525 /* ??? Irritatingly, the definition of CUMULATIVE_ARGS is different for
5526 the three platforms, so we can't avoid conditional compilation. */
5527 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
5529 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
5530 return alpha_arg_info_reg_val (cum
);
5532 num_args
= cum
.num_args
;
5534 || targetm
.calls
.must_pass_in_stack (mode
, type
))
5537 #elif TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
5541 /* If this is the last argument, generate the call info word (CIW). */
5542 /* ??? We don't include the caller's line number in the CIW because
5543 I don't know how to determine it if debug infos are turned off. */
5544 if (mode
== VOIDmode
)
5553 for (i
= 0; i
< cum
.num_reg_words
&& i
< 5; i
++)
5554 if (cum
.reg_args_type
[i
])
5555 lo
|= (1 << (7 - i
));
5557 if (cum
.num_reg_words
== 6 && cum
.reg_args_type
[5])
5560 lo
|= cum
.num_reg_words
;
5562 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
5563 hi
= (cum
.num_args
<< 20) | cum
.num_arg_words
;
5565 lo
= lo
| ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) cum
.num_args
<< 52)
5566 | ((HOST_WIDE_INT
) cum
.num_arg_words
<< 32);
5569 ciw
= immed_double_const (lo
, hi
, DImode
);
5571 return gen_rtx_UNSPEC (DImode
, gen_rtvec (1, ciw
),
5572 UNSPEC_UMK_LOAD_CIW
);
5575 size
= ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode
, type
, named
);
5576 num_args
= cum
.num_reg_words
;
5578 || cum
.num_reg_words
+ size
> 6
5579 || targetm
.calls
.must_pass_in_stack (mode
, type
))
5581 else if (type
&& TYPE_MODE (type
) == BLKmode
)
5585 reg1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, num_args
+ 16);
5586 reg1
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (DImode
, reg1
, const0_rtx
);
5588 /* The argument fits in two registers. Note that we still need to
5589 reserve a register for empty structures. */
5593 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, gen_rtvec (1, reg1
));
5596 reg2
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, num_args
+ 17);
5597 reg2
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (DImode
, reg2
, GEN_INT (8));
5598 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL (mode
, gen_rtvec (2, reg1
, reg2
));
5602 #elif TARGET_ABI_OSF
5608 /* VOID is passed as a special flag for "last argument". */
5609 if (type
== void_type_node
)
5611 else if (targetm
.calls
.must_pass_in_stack (mode
, type
))
5615 #error Unhandled ABI
5618 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, num_args
+ basereg
);
5622 alpha_arg_partial_bytes (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*cum ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5623 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5624 tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5625 bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5629 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
5630 if (cum
->num_args
< 6
5631 && 6 < cum
->num_args
+ ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode
, type
, named
))
5632 words
= 6 - cum
->num_args
;
5633 #elif TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
5634 /* Never any split arguments. */
5635 #elif TARGET_ABI_OSF
5636 if (*cum
< 6 && 6 < *cum
+ ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode
, type
, named
))
5639 #error Unhandled ABI
5642 return words
* UNITS_PER_WORD
;
5646 /* Return true if TYPE must be returned in memory, instead of in registers. */
5649 alpha_return_in_memory (const_tree type
, const_tree fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5651 enum machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
;
5656 mode
= TYPE_MODE (type
);
5658 /* All aggregates are returned in memory. */
5659 if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type
))
5663 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
5664 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
))
5666 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT
:
5667 /* Pass all float vectors in memory, like an aggregate. */
5670 case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
:
5671 /* We judge complex floats on the size of their element,
5672 not the size of the whole type. */
5673 size
= GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
);
5678 case MODE_COMPLEX_INT
:
5679 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
5683 /* ??? We get called on all sorts of random stuff from
5684 aggregate_value_p. We must return something, but it's not
5685 clear what's safe to return. Pretend it's a struct I
5690 /* Otherwise types must fit in one register. */
5691 return size
> UNITS_PER_WORD
;
5694 /* Return true if TYPE should be passed by invisible reference. */
5697 alpha_pass_by_reference (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*ca ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5698 enum machine_mode mode
,
5699 const_tree type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5700 bool named ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5702 return mode
== TFmode
|| mode
== TCmode
;
5705 /* Define how to find the value returned by a function. VALTYPE is the
5706 data type of the value (as a tree). If the precise function being
5707 called is known, FUNC is its FUNCTION_DECL; otherwise, FUNC is 0.
5708 MODE is set instead of VALTYPE for libcalls.
5710 On Alpha the value is found in $0 for integer functions and
5711 $f0 for floating-point functions. */
5714 function_value (const_tree valtype
, const_tree func ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5715 enum machine_mode mode
)
5717 unsigned int regnum
, dummy
;
5718 enum mode_class
class;
5720 gcc_assert (!valtype
|| !alpha_return_in_memory (valtype
, func
));
5723 mode
= TYPE_MODE (valtype
);
5725 class = GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
);
5729 PROMOTE_MODE (mode
, dummy
, valtype
);
5732 case MODE_COMPLEX_INT
:
5733 case MODE_VECTOR_INT
:
5741 case MODE_COMPLEX_FLOAT
:
5743 enum machine_mode cmode
= GET_MODE_INNER (mode
);
5745 return gen_rtx_PARALLEL
5748 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (cmode
, 32),
5750 gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, gen_rtx_REG (cmode
, 33),
5751 GEN_INT (GET_MODE_SIZE (cmode
)))));
5758 return gen_rtx_REG (mode
, regnum
);
5761 /* TCmode complex values are passed by invisible reference. We
5762 should not split these values. */
5765 alpha_split_complex_arg (const_tree type
)
5767 return TYPE_MODE (type
) != TCmode
;
5771 alpha_build_builtin_va_list (void)
5773 tree base
, ofs
, space
, record
, type_decl
;
5775 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
|| TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
5776 return ptr_type_node
;
5778 record
= (*lang_hooks
.types
.make_type
) (RECORD_TYPE
);
5779 type_decl
= build_decl (TYPE_DECL
, get_identifier ("__va_list_tag"), record
);
5780 TREE_CHAIN (record
) = type_decl
;
5781 TYPE_NAME (record
) = type_decl
;
5783 /* C++? SET_IS_AGGR_TYPE (record, 1); */
5785 /* Dummy field to prevent alignment warnings. */
5786 space
= build_decl (FIELD_DECL
, NULL_TREE
, integer_type_node
);
5787 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (space
) = record
;
5788 DECL_ARTIFICIAL (space
) = 1;
5789 DECL_IGNORED_P (space
) = 1;
5791 ofs
= build_decl (FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__offset"),
5793 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (ofs
) = record
;
5794 TREE_CHAIN (ofs
) = space
;
5796 base
= build_decl (FIELD_DECL
, get_identifier ("__base"),
5798 DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (base
) = record
;
5799 TREE_CHAIN (base
) = ofs
;
5801 TYPE_FIELDS (record
) = base
;
5802 layout_type (record
);
5804 va_list_gpr_counter_field
= ofs
;
5809 /* Helper function for alpha_stdarg_optimize_hook. Skip over casts
5810 and constant additions. */
5813 va_list_skip_additions (tree lhs
)
5817 if (TREE_CODE (lhs
) != SSA_NAME
)
5822 stmt
= SSA_NAME_DEF_STMT (lhs
);
5824 if (TREE_CODE (stmt
) == PHI_NODE
)
5827 if (TREE_CODE (stmt
) != GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
5828 || GIMPLE_STMT_OPERAND (stmt
, 0) != lhs
)
5831 rhs
= GIMPLE_STMT_OPERAND (stmt
, 1);
5832 if (TREE_CODE (rhs
) == WITH_SIZE_EXPR
)
5833 rhs
= TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 0);
5835 if ((TREE_CODE (rhs
) != NOP_EXPR
5836 && TREE_CODE (rhs
) != CONVERT_EXPR
5837 && ((TREE_CODE (rhs
) != PLUS_EXPR
5838 && TREE_CODE (rhs
) != POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
)
5839 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 1)) != INTEGER_CST
5840 || !host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 1), 1)))
5841 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 0)) != SSA_NAME
)
5844 lhs
= TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 0);
5848 /* Check if LHS = RHS statement is
5849 LHS = *(ap.__base + ap.__offset + cst)
5852 + ((ap.__offset + cst <= 47)
5853 ? ap.__offset + cst - 48 : ap.__offset + cst) + cst2).
5854 If the former, indicate that GPR registers are needed,
5855 if the latter, indicate that FPR registers are needed.
5857 Also look for LHS = (*ptr).field, where ptr is one of the forms
5860 On alpha, cfun->va_list_gpr_size is used as size of the needed
5861 regs and cfun->va_list_fpr_size is a bitmask, bit 0 set if GPR
5862 registers are needed and bit 1 set if FPR registers are needed.
5863 Return true if va_list references should not be scanned for the
5864 current statement. */
5867 alpha_stdarg_optimize_hook (struct stdarg_info
*si
, const_tree lhs
, const_tree rhs
)
5869 tree base
, offset
, arg1
, arg2
;
5872 while (handled_component_p (rhs
))
5873 rhs
= TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 0);
5874 if (TREE_CODE (rhs
) != INDIRECT_REF
5875 || TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 0)) != SSA_NAME
)
5878 lhs
= va_list_skip_additions (TREE_OPERAND (rhs
, 0));
5879 if (lhs
== NULL_TREE
5880 || TREE_CODE (lhs
) != POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
)
5883 base
= TREE_OPERAND (lhs
, 0);
5884 if (TREE_CODE (base
) == SSA_NAME
)
5885 base
= va_list_skip_additions (base
);
5887 if (TREE_CODE (base
) != COMPONENT_REF
5888 || TREE_OPERAND (base
, 1) != TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node
))
5890 base
= TREE_OPERAND (lhs
, 0);
5891 if (TREE_CODE (base
) == SSA_NAME
)
5892 base
= va_list_skip_additions (base
);
5894 if (TREE_CODE (base
) != COMPONENT_REF
5895 || TREE_OPERAND (base
, 1) != TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node
))
5901 base
= get_base_address (base
);
5902 if (TREE_CODE (base
) != VAR_DECL
5903 || !bitmap_bit_p (si
->va_list_vars
, DECL_UID (base
)))
5906 offset
= TREE_OPERAND (lhs
, offset_arg
);
5907 if (TREE_CODE (offset
) == SSA_NAME
)
5908 offset
= va_list_skip_additions (offset
);
5910 if (TREE_CODE (offset
) == PHI_NODE
)
5914 if (PHI_NUM_ARGS (offset
) != 2)
5917 arg1
= va_list_skip_additions (PHI_ARG_DEF (offset
, 0));
5918 arg2
= va_list_skip_additions (PHI_ARG_DEF (offset
, 1));
5919 if (TREE_CODE (arg2
) != MINUS_EXPR
&& TREE_CODE (arg2
) != PLUS_EXPR
)
5925 if (TREE_CODE (arg2
) != MINUS_EXPR
&& TREE_CODE (arg2
) != PLUS_EXPR
)
5928 if (!host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (arg2
, 1), 0))
5931 sub
= tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (arg2
, 1), 0);
5932 if (TREE_CODE (arg2
) == MINUS_EXPR
)
5934 if (sub
< -48 || sub
> -32)
5937 arg2
= va_list_skip_additions (TREE_OPERAND (arg2
, 0));
5941 if (TREE_CODE (arg1
) == SSA_NAME
)
5942 arg1
= va_list_skip_additions (arg1
);
5944 if (TREE_CODE (arg1
) != COMPONENT_REF
5945 || TREE_OPERAND (arg1
, 1) != va_list_gpr_counter_field
5946 || get_base_address (arg1
) != base
)
5949 /* Need floating point regs. */
5950 cfun
->va_list_fpr_size
|= 2;
5952 else if (TREE_CODE (offset
) != COMPONENT_REF
5953 || TREE_OPERAND (offset
, 1) != va_list_gpr_counter_field
5954 || get_base_address (offset
) != base
)
5957 /* Need general regs. */
5958 cfun
->va_list_fpr_size
|= 1;
5962 si
->va_list_escapes
= true;
5967 /* Perform any needed actions needed for a function that is receiving a
5968 variable number of arguments. */
5971 alpha_setup_incoming_varargs (CUMULATIVE_ARGS
*pcum
, enum machine_mode mode
,
5972 tree type
, int *pretend_size
, int no_rtl
)
5974 CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum
= *pcum
;
5976 /* Skip the current argument. */
5977 FUNCTION_ARG_ADVANCE (cum
, mode
, type
, 1);
5979 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
5980 /* On Unicos/Mk, the standard subroutine __T3E_MISMATCH stores all register
5981 arguments on the stack. Unfortunately, it doesn't always store the first
5982 one (i.e. the one that arrives in $16 or $f16). This is not a problem
5983 with stdargs as we always have at least one named argument there. */
5984 if (cum
.num_reg_words
< 6)
5988 emit_insn (gen_umk_mismatch_args (GEN_INT (cum
.num_reg_words
)));
5989 emit_insn (gen_arg_home_umk ());
5993 #elif TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
5994 /* For VMS, we allocate space for all 6 arg registers plus a count.
5996 However, if NO registers need to be saved, don't allocate any space.
5997 This is not only because we won't need the space, but because AP
5998 includes the current_pretend_args_size and we don't want to mess up
5999 any ap-relative addresses already made. */
6000 if (cum
.num_args
< 6)
6004 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 1), virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
6005 emit_insn (gen_arg_home ());
6007 *pretend_size
= 7 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6010 /* On OSF/1 and friends, we allocate space for all 12 arg registers, but
6011 only push those that are remaining. However, if NO registers need to
6012 be saved, don't allocate any space. This is not only because we won't
6013 need the space, but because AP includes the current_pretend_args_size
6014 and we don't want to mess up any ap-relative addresses already made.
6016 If we are not to use the floating-point registers, save the integer
6017 registers where we would put the floating-point registers. This is
6018 not the most efficient way to implement varargs with just one register
6019 class, but it isn't worth doing anything more efficient in this rare
6027 alias_set_type set
= get_varargs_alias_set ();
6030 count
= cfun
->va_list_gpr_size
/ UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6031 if (count
> 6 - cum
)
6034 /* Detect whether integer registers or floating-point registers
6035 are needed by the detected va_arg statements. See above for
6036 how these values are computed. Note that the "escape" value
6037 is VA_LIST_MAX_FPR_SIZE, which is 255, which has both of
6039 gcc_assert ((VA_LIST_MAX_FPR_SIZE
& 3) == 3);
6041 if (cfun
->va_list_fpr_size
& 1)
6043 tmp
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
6044 plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
,
6045 (cum
+ 6) * UNITS_PER_WORD
));
6046 MEM_NOTRAP_P (tmp
) = 1;
6047 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, set
);
6048 move_block_from_reg (16 + cum
, tmp
, count
);
6051 if (cfun
->va_list_fpr_size
& 2)
6053 tmp
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
,
6054 plus_constant (virtual_incoming_args_rtx
,
6055 cum
* UNITS_PER_WORD
));
6056 MEM_NOTRAP_P (tmp
) = 1;
6057 set_mem_alias_set (tmp
, set
);
6058 move_block_from_reg (16 + cum
+ TARGET_FPREGS
*32, tmp
, count
);
6061 *pretend_size
= 12 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6066 alpha_va_start (tree valist
, rtx nextarg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6068 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
6069 tree t
, offset_field
, base_field
;
6071 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (valist
)) == ERROR_MARK
)
6074 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6075 std_expand_builtin_va_start (valist
, nextarg
);
6077 /* For Unix, TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS moves the starting address base
6078 up by 48, storing fp arg registers in the first 48 bytes, and the
6079 integer arg registers in the next 48 bytes. This is only done,
6080 however, if any integer registers need to be stored.
6082 If no integer registers need be stored, then we must subtract 48
6083 in order to account for the integer arg registers which are counted
6084 in argsize above, but which are not actually stored on the stack.
6085 Must further be careful here about structures straddling the last
6086 integer argument register; that futzes with pretend_args_size,
6087 which changes the meaning of AP. */
6090 offset
= TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
? UNITS_PER_WORD
: 6 * UNITS_PER_WORD
;
6092 offset
= -6 * UNITS_PER_WORD
+ current_function_pretend_args_size
;
6094 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
6096 nextarg
= plus_constant (nextarg
, offset
);
6097 nextarg
= plus_constant (nextarg
, NUM_ARGS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
);
6098 t
= build2 (GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
, TREE_TYPE (valist
), valist
,
6099 make_tree (ptr_type_node
, nextarg
));
6100 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6102 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6106 base_field
= TYPE_FIELDS (TREE_TYPE (valist
));
6107 offset_field
= TREE_CHAIN (base_field
);
6109 base_field
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
),
6110 valist
, base_field
, NULL_TREE
);
6111 offset_field
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6112 valist
, offset_field
, NULL_TREE
);
6114 t
= make_tree (ptr_type_node
, virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
6115 t
= build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
, ptr_type_node
, t
,
6117 t
= build2 (GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
), base_field
, t
);
6118 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6119 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6121 t
= build_int_cst (NULL_TREE
, NUM_ARGS
* UNITS_PER_WORD
);
6122 t
= build2 (GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6124 TREE_SIDE_EFFECTS (t
) = 1;
6125 expand_expr (t
, const0_rtx
, VOIDmode
, EXPAND_NORMAL
);
6130 alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (tree type
, tree base
, tree offset
, tree
*pre_p
)
6132 tree type_size
, ptr_type
, addend
, t
, addr
, internal_post
;
6134 /* If the type could not be passed in registers, skip the block
6135 reserved for the registers. */
6136 if (targetm
.calls
.must_pass_in_stack (TYPE_MODE (type
), type
))
6138 t
= build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (offset
), 6*8);
6139 t
= build2 (GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
, TREE_TYPE (offset
), offset
,
6140 build2 (MAX_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset
), offset
, t
));
6141 gimplify_and_add (t
, pre_p
);
6145 ptr_type
= build_pointer_type (type
);
6147 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == COMPLEX_TYPE
)
6149 tree real_part
, imag_part
, real_temp
;
6151 real_part
= alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (TREE_TYPE (type
), base
,
6154 /* Copy the value into a new temporary, lest the formal temporary
6155 be reused out from under us. */
6156 real_temp
= get_initialized_tmp_var (real_part
, pre_p
, NULL
);
6158 imag_part
= alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (TREE_TYPE (type
), base
,
6161 return build2 (COMPLEX_EXPR
, type
, real_temp
, imag_part
);
6163 else if (TREE_CODE (type
) == REAL_TYPE
)
6165 tree fpaddend
, cond
, fourtyeight
;
6167 fourtyeight
= build_int_cst (TREE_TYPE (addend
), 6*8);
6168 fpaddend
= fold_build2 (MINUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (addend
),
6169 addend
, fourtyeight
);
6170 cond
= fold_build2 (LT_EXPR
, boolean_type_node
, addend
, fourtyeight
);
6171 addend
= fold_build3 (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (addend
), cond
,
6175 /* Build the final address and force that value into a temporary. */
6176 addr
= build2 (POINTER_PLUS_EXPR
, ptr_type
, fold_convert (ptr_type
, base
),
6177 fold_convert (sizetype
, addend
));
6178 internal_post
= NULL
;
6179 gimplify_expr (&addr
, pre_p
, &internal_post
, is_gimple_val
, fb_rvalue
);
6180 append_to_statement_list (internal_post
, pre_p
);
6182 /* Update the offset field. */
6183 type_size
= TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
));
6184 if (type_size
== NULL
|| TREE_OVERFLOW (type_size
))
6188 t
= size_binop (PLUS_EXPR
, type_size
, size_int (7));
6189 t
= size_binop (TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
, t
, size_int (8));
6190 t
= size_binop (MULT_EXPR
, t
, size_int (8));
6192 t
= fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (offset
), t
);
6193 t
= build2 (GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
, void_type_node
, offset
,
6194 build2 (PLUS_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (offset
), offset
, t
));
6195 gimplify_and_add (t
, pre_p
);
6197 return build_va_arg_indirect_ref (addr
);
6201 alpha_gimplify_va_arg (tree valist
, tree type
, tree
*pre_p
, tree
*post_p
)
6203 tree offset_field
, base_field
, offset
, base
, t
, r
;
6206 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
|| TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
6207 return std_gimplify_va_arg_expr (valist
, type
, pre_p
, post_p
);
6209 base_field
= TYPE_FIELDS (va_list_type_node
);
6210 offset_field
= TREE_CHAIN (base_field
);
6211 base_field
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (base_field
),
6212 valist
, base_field
, NULL_TREE
);
6213 offset_field
= build3 (COMPONENT_REF
, TREE_TYPE (offset_field
),
6214 valist
, offset_field
, NULL_TREE
);
6216 /* Pull the fields of the structure out into temporaries. Since we never
6217 modify the base field, we can use a formal temporary. Sign-extend the
6218 offset field so that it's the proper width for pointer arithmetic. */
6219 base
= get_formal_tmp_var (base_field
, pre_p
);
6221 t
= fold_convert (lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_size (64, 0), offset_field
);
6222 offset
= get_initialized_tmp_var (t
, pre_p
, NULL
);
6224 indirect
= pass_by_reference (NULL
, TYPE_MODE (type
), type
, false);
6226 type
= build_pointer_type (type
);
6228 /* Find the value. Note that this will be a stable indirection, or
6229 a composite of stable indirections in the case of complex. */
6230 r
= alpha_gimplify_va_arg_1 (type
, base
, offset
, pre_p
);
6232 /* Stuff the offset temporary back into its field. */
6233 t
= build2 (GIMPLE_MODIFY_STMT
, void_type_node
, offset_field
,
6234 fold_convert (TREE_TYPE (offset_field
), offset
));
6235 gimplify_and_add (t
, pre_p
);
6238 r
= build_va_arg_indirect_ref (r
);
6247 ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE
,
6248 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL
,
6249 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL
,
6250 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL
,
6251 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL
,
6252 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH
,
6253 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH
,
6254 ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH
,
6255 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL
,
6256 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL
,
6257 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL
,
6258 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL
,
6259 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH
,
6260 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH
,
6261 ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH
,
6262 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL
,
6263 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL
,
6264 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL
,
6265 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL
,
6266 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH
,
6267 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH
,
6268 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH
,
6269 ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH
,
6271 ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT
,
6272 ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK
,
6273 ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER
,
6275 ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER
,
6276 ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER
,
6279 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8
,
6280 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8
,
6281 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4
,
6282 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4
,
6283 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8
,
6284 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8
,
6285 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4
,
6286 ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4
,
6290 ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL
,
6291 ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW
,
6296 ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP
,
6301 static unsigned int const code_for_builtin
[ALPHA_BUILTIN_max
] = {
6302 CODE_FOR_builtin_cmpbge
,
6303 CODE_FOR_builtin_extbl
,
6304 CODE_FOR_builtin_extwl
,
6305 CODE_FOR_builtin_extll
,
6306 CODE_FOR_builtin_extql
,
6307 CODE_FOR_builtin_extwh
,
6308 CODE_FOR_builtin_extlh
,
6309 CODE_FOR_builtin_extqh
,
6310 CODE_FOR_builtin_insbl
,
6311 CODE_FOR_builtin_inswl
,
6312 CODE_FOR_builtin_insll
,
6313 CODE_FOR_builtin_insql
,
6314 CODE_FOR_builtin_inswh
,
6315 CODE_FOR_builtin_inslh
,
6316 CODE_FOR_builtin_insqh
,
6317 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskbl
,
6318 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskwl
,
6319 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskll
,
6320 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskql
,
6321 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskwh
,
6322 CODE_FOR_builtin_msklh
,
6323 CODE_FOR_builtin_mskqh
,
6324 CODE_FOR_umuldi3_highpart
,
6325 CODE_FOR_builtin_zap
,
6326 CODE_FOR_builtin_zapnot
,
6327 CODE_FOR_builtin_amask
,
6328 CODE_FOR_builtin_implver
,
6329 CODE_FOR_builtin_rpcc
,
6334 CODE_FOR_builtin_minub8
,
6335 CODE_FOR_builtin_minsb8
,
6336 CODE_FOR_builtin_minuw4
,
6337 CODE_FOR_builtin_minsw4
,
6338 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxub8
,
6339 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxsb8
,
6340 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxuw4
,
6341 CODE_FOR_builtin_maxsw4
,
6342 CODE_FOR_builtin_perr
,
6343 CODE_FOR_builtin_pklb
,
6344 CODE_FOR_builtin_pkwb
,
6345 CODE_FOR_builtin_unpkbl
,
6346 CODE_FOR_builtin_unpkbw
,
6351 CODE_FOR_popcountdi2
6354 struct alpha_builtin_def
6357 enum alpha_builtin code
;
6358 unsigned int target_mask
;
6362 static struct alpha_builtin_def
const zero_arg_builtins
[] = {
6363 { "__builtin_alpha_implver", ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER
, 0, true },
6364 { "__builtin_alpha_rpcc", ALPHA_BUILTIN_RPCC
, 0, false }
6367 static struct alpha_builtin_def
const one_arg_builtins
[] = {
6368 { "__builtin_alpha_amask", ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK
, 0, true },
6369 { "__builtin_alpha_pklb", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKLB
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6370 { "__builtin_alpha_pkwb", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKWB
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6371 { "__builtin_alpha_unpkbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6372 { "__builtin_alpha_unpkbw", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6373 { "__builtin_alpha_cttz", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTTZ
, MASK_CIX
, true },
6374 { "__builtin_alpha_ctlz", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTLZ
, MASK_CIX
, true },
6375 { "__builtin_alpha_ctpop", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP
, MASK_CIX
, true }
6378 static struct alpha_builtin_def
const two_arg_builtins
[] = {
6379 { "__builtin_alpha_cmpbge", ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE
, 0, true },
6380 { "__builtin_alpha_extbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL
, 0, true },
6381 { "__builtin_alpha_extwl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL
, 0, true },
6382 { "__builtin_alpha_extll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL
, 0, true },
6383 { "__builtin_alpha_extql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL
, 0, true },
6384 { "__builtin_alpha_extwh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH
, 0, true },
6385 { "__builtin_alpha_extlh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH
, 0, true },
6386 { "__builtin_alpha_extqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH
, 0, true },
6387 { "__builtin_alpha_insbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL
, 0, true },
6388 { "__builtin_alpha_inswl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL
, 0, true },
6389 { "__builtin_alpha_insll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL
, 0, true },
6390 { "__builtin_alpha_insql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL
, 0, true },
6391 { "__builtin_alpha_inswh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH
, 0, true },
6392 { "__builtin_alpha_inslh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH
, 0, true },
6393 { "__builtin_alpha_insqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH
, 0, true },
6394 { "__builtin_alpha_mskbl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL
, 0, true },
6395 { "__builtin_alpha_mskwl", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL
, 0, true },
6396 { "__builtin_alpha_mskll", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL
, 0, true },
6397 { "__builtin_alpha_mskql", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL
, 0, true },
6398 { "__builtin_alpha_mskwh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH
, 0, true },
6399 { "__builtin_alpha_msklh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH
, 0, true },
6400 { "__builtin_alpha_mskqh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH
, 0, true },
6401 { "__builtin_alpha_umulh", ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH
, 0, true },
6402 { "__builtin_alpha_zap", ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAP
, 0, true },
6403 { "__builtin_alpha_zapnot", ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT
, 0, true },
6404 { "__builtin_alpha_minub8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6405 { "__builtin_alpha_minsb8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6406 { "__builtin_alpha_minuw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6407 { "__builtin_alpha_minsw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6408 { "__builtin_alpha_maxub8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6409 { "__builtin_alpha_maxsb8", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6410 { "__builtin_alpha_maxuw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6411 { "__builtin_alpha_maxsw4", ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4
, MASK_MAX
, true },
6412 { "__builtin_alpha_perr", ALPHA_BUILTIN_PERR
, MASK_MAX
, true }
6415 static GTY(()) tree alpha_v8qi_u
;
6416 static GTY(()) tree alpha_v8qi_s
;
6417 static GTY(()) tree alpha_v4hi_u
;
6418 static GTY(()) tree alpha_v4hi_s
;
6420 /* Helper function of alpha_init_builtins. Add the COUNT built-in
6421 functions pointed to by P, with function type FTYPE. */
6424 alpha_add_builtins (const struct alpha_builtin_def
*p
, size_t count
,
6430 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; ++i
, ++p
)
6431 if ((target_flags
& p
->target_mask
) == p
->target_mask
)
6433 decl
= add_builtin_function (p
->name
, ftype
, p
->code
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6436 TREE_READONLY (decl
) = 1;
6437 TREE_NOTHROW (decl
) = 1;
6443 alpha_init_builtins (void)
6445 tree dimode_integer_type_node
;
6448 dimode_integer_type_node
= lang_hooks
.types
.type_for_mode (DImode
, 0);
6450 ftype
= build_function_type (dimode_integer_type_node
, void_list_node
);
6451 alpha_add_builtins (zero_arg_builtins
, ARRAY_SIZE (zero_arg_builtins
),
6454 ftype
= build_function_type_list (dimode_integer_type_node
,
6455 dimode_integer_type_node
, NULL_TREE
);
6456 alpha_add_builtins (one_arg_builtins
, ARRAY_SIZE (one_arg_builtins
),
6459 ftype
= build_function_type_list (dimode_integer_type_node
,
6460 dimode_integer_type_node
,
6461 dimode_integer_type_node
, NULL_TREE
);
6462 alpha_add_builtins (two_arg_builtins
, ARRAY_SIZE (two_arg_builtins
),
6465 ftype
= build_function_type (ptr_type_node
, void_list_node
);
6466 decl
= add_builtin_function ("__builtin_thread_pointer", ftype
,
6467 ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6469 TREE_NOTHROW (decl
) = 1;
6471 ftype
= build_function_type_list (void_type_node
, ptr_type_node
, NULL_TREE
);
6472 decl
= add_builtin_function ("__builtin_set_thread_pointer", ftype
,
6473 ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER
, BUILT_IN_MD
,
6475 TREE_NOTHROW (decl
) = 1;
6477 alpha_v8qi_u
= build_vector_type (unsigned_intQI_type_node
, 8);
6478 alpha_v8qi_s
= build_vector_type (intQI_type_node
, 8);
6479 alpha_v4hi_u
= build_vector_type (unsigned_intHI_type_node
, 4);
6480 alpha_v4hi_s
= build_vector_type (intHI_type_node
, 4);
6483 /* Expand an expression EXP that calls a built-in function,
6484 with result going to TARGET if that's convenient
6485 (and in mode MODE if that's convenient).
6486 SUBTARGET may be used as the target for computing one of EXP's operands.
6487 IGNORE is nonzero if the value is to be ignored. */
6490 alpha_expand_builtin (tree exp
, rtx target
,
6491 rtx subtarget ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6492 enum machine_mode mode ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6493 int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6497 tree fndecl
= TREE_OPERAND (CALL_EXPR_FN (exp
), 0);
6498 unsigned int fcode
= DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl
);
6500 call_expr_arg_iterator iter
;
6501 enum insn_code icode
;
6502 rtx op
[MAX_ARGS
], pat
;
6506 if (fcode
>= ALPHA_BUILTIN_max
)
6507 internal_error ("bad builtin fcode");
6508 icode
= code_for_builtin
[fcode
];
6510 internal_error ("bad builtin fcode");
6512 nonvoid
= TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)) != void_type_node
;
6515 FOR_EACH_CALL_EXPR_ARG (arg
, iter
, exp
)
6517 const struct insn_operand_data
*insn_op
;
6519 if (arg
== error_mark_node
)
6521 if (arity
> MAX_ARGS
)
6524 insn_op
= &insn_data
[icode
].operand
[arity
+ nonvoid
];
6526 op
[arity
] = expand_expr (arg
, NULL_RTX
, insn_op
->mode
, 0);
6528 if (!(*insn_op
->predicate
) (op
[arity
], insn_op
->mode
))
6529 op
[arity
] = copy_to_mode_reg (insn_op
->mode
, op
[arity
]);
6535 enum machine_mode tmode
= insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].mode
;
6537 || GET_MODE (target
) != tmode
6538 || !(*insn_data
[icode
].operand
[0].predicate
) (target
, tmode
))
6539 target
= gen_reg_rtx (tmode
);
6545 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
);
6549 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op
[0]);
6551 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (op
[0]);
6554 pat
= GEN_FCN (icode
) (target
, op
[0], op
[1]);
6570 /* Several bits below assume HWI >= 64 bits. This should be enforced
6572 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT < 64
6573 # error "HOST_WIDE_INT too small"
6576 /* Fold the builtin for the CMPBGE instruction. This is a vector comparison
6577 with an 8-bit output vector. OPINT contains the integer operands; bit N
6578 of OP_CONST is set if OPINT[N] is valid. */
6581 alpha_fold_builtin_cmpbge (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6586 for (i
= 0, val
= 0; i
< 8; ++i
)
6588 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c0
= (opint
[0] >> (i
* 8)) & 0xff;
6589 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT c1
= (opint
[1] >> (i
* 8)) & 0xff;
6593 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, val
);
6595 else if (op_const
== 2 && opint
[1] == 0)
6596 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, 0xff);
6600 /* Fold the builtin for the ZAPNOT instruction. This is essentially a
6601 specialized form of an AND operation. Other byte manipulation instructions
6602 are defined in terms of this instruction, so this is also used as a
6603 subroutine for other builtins.
6605 OP contains the tree operands; OPINT contains the extracted integer values.
6606 Bit N of OP_CONST it set if OPINT[N] is valid. OP may be null if only
6607 OPINT may be considered. */
6610 alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (tree
*op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[],
6615 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT mask
= 0;
6618 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; ++i
)
6619 if ((opint
[1] >> i
) & 1)
6620 mask
|= (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)0xff << (i
* 8);
6623 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, opint
[0] & mask
);
6626 return fold_build2 (BIT_AND_EXPR
, long_integer_type_node
, op
[0],
6627 build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, mask
));
6629 else if ((op_const
& 1) && opint
[0] == 0)
6630 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, 0);
6634 /* Fold the builtins for the EXT family of instructions. */
6637 alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (tree op
[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[],
6638 long op_const
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytemask
,
6642 tree
*zap_op
= NULL
;
6646 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loc
;
6649 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6657 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
= opint
[0];
6670 opint
[1] = bytemask
;
6671 return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (zap_op
, opint
, zap_const
);
6674 /* Fold the builtins for the INS family of instructions. */
6677 alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (tree op
[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[],
6678 long op_const
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytemask
,
6681 if ((op_const
& 1) && opint
[0] == 0)
6682 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, 0);
6686 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
, loc
, byteloc
;
6687 tree
*zap_op
= NULL
;
6690 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6697 byteloc
= (64 - (loc
* 8)) & 0x3f;
6714 opint
[1] = bytemask
;
6715 return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (zap_op
, opint
, op_const
);
6722 alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (tree op
[], unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[],
6723 long op_const
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT bytemask
,
6728 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT loc
;
6731 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6738 opint
[1] = bytemask
^ 0xff;
6741 return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (op
, opint
, op_const
);
6745 alpha_fold_builtin_umulh (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6751 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT l
;
6754 mul_double (opint
[0], 0, opint
[1], 0, &l
, &h
);
6756 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT > 64
6760 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, h
);
6764 opint
[1] = opint
[0];
6767 /* Note that (X*1) >> 64 == 0. */
6768 if (opint
[1] == 0 || opint
[1] == 1)
6769 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, 0);
6776 alpha_fold_vector_minmax (enum tree_code code
, tree op
[], tree vtype
)
6778 tree op0
= fold_convert (vtype
, op
[0]);
6779 tree op1
= fold_convert (vtype
, op
[1]);
6780 tree val
= fold_build2 (code
, vtype
, op0
, op1
);
6781 return fold_convert (long_integer_type_node
, val
);
6785 alpha_fold_builtin_perr (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6787 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
= 0;
6793 for (i
= 0; i
< 8; ++i
)
6795 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT a
= (opint
[0] >> (i
* 8)) & 0xff;
6796 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT b
= (opint
[1] >> (i
* 8)) & 0xff;
6803 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6807 alpha_fold_builtin_pklb (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6809 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
;
6814 temp
= opint
[0] & 0xff;
6815 temp
|= (opint
[0] >> 24) & 0xff00;
6817 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6821 alpha_fold_builtin_pkwb (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6823 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
;
6828 temp
= opint
[0] & 0xff;
6829 temp
|= (opint
[0] >> 8) & 0xff00;
6830 temp
|= (opint
[0] >> 16) & 0xff0000;
6831 temp
|= (opint
[0] >> 24) & 0xff000000;
6833 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6837 alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbl (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6839 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
;
6844 temp
= opint
[0] & 0xff;
6845 temp
|= (opint
[0] & 0xff00) << 24;
6847 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6851 alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbw (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6853 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
;
6858 temp
= opint
[0] & 0xff;
6859 temp
|= (opint
[0] & 0x0000ff00) << 8;
6860 temp
|= (opint
[0] & 0x00ff0000) << 16;
6861 temp
|= (opint
[0] & 0xff000000) << 24;
6863 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6867 alpha_fold_builtin_cttz (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6869 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
;
6877 temp
= exact_log2 (opint
[0] & -opint
[0]);
6879 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6883 alpha_fold_builtin_ctlz (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6885 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
;
6893 temp
= 64 - floor_log2 (opint
[0]) - 1;
6895 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6899 alpha_fold_builtin_ctpop (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[], long op_const
)
6901 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT temp
, op
;
6909 temp
++, op
&= op
- 1;
6911 return build_int_cst (long_integer_type_node
, temp
);
6914 /* Fold one of our builtin functions. */
6917 alpha_fold_builtin (tree fndecl
, tree arglist
, bool ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6919 tree op
[MAX_ARGS
], t
;
6920 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT opint
[MAX_ARGS
];
6921 long op_const
= 0, arity
= 0;
6923 for (t
= arglist
; t
; t
= TREE_CHAIN (t
), ++arity
)
6925 tree arg
= TREE_VALUE (t
);
6926 if (arg
== error_mark_node
)
6928 if (arity
>= MAX_ARGS
)
6933 if (TREE_CODE (arg
) == INTEGER_CST
)
6935 op_const
|= 1L << arity
;
6936 opint
[arity
] = int_cst_value (arg
);
6940 switch (DECL_FUNCTION_CODE (fndecl
))
6942 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CMPBGE
:
6943 return alpha_fold_builtin_cmpbge (opint
, op_const
);
6945 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTBL
:
6946 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x01, false);
6947 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWL
:
6948 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x03, false);
6949 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLL
:
6950 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x0f, false);
6951 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQL
:
6952 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0xff, false);
6953 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTWH
:
6954 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x03, true);
6955 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTLH
:
6956 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x0f, true);
6957 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_EXTQH
:
6958 return alpha_fold_builtin_extxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0xff, true);
6960 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSBL
:
6961 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x01, false);
6962 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWL
:
6963 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x03, false);
6964 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLL
:
6965 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x0f, false);
6966 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQL
:
6967 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0xff, false);
6968 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSWH
:
6969 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x03, true);
6970 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSLH
:
6971 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x0f, true);
6972 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_INSQH
:
6973 return alpha_fold_builtin_insxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0xff, true);
6975 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKBL
:
6976 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x01, false);
6977 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWL
:
6978 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x03, false);
6979 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLL
:
6980 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x0f, false);
6981 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQL
:
6982 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0xff, false);
6983 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKWH
:
6984 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x03, true);
6985 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKLH
:
6986 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0x0f, true);
6987 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MSKQH
:
6988 return alpha_fold_builtin_mskxx (op
, opint
, op_const
, 0xff, true);
6990 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_UMULH
:
6991 return alpha_fold_builtin_umulh (opint
, op_const
);
6993 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAP
:
6996 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_ZAPNOT
:
6997 return alpha_fold_builtin_zapnot (op
, opint
, op_const
);
6999 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUB8
:
7000 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v8qi_u
);
7001 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSB8
:
7002 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v8qi_s
);
7003 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINUW4
:
7004 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v4hi_u
);
7005 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MINSW4
:
7006 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MIN_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v4hi_s
);
7007 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUB8
:
7008 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v8qi_u
);
7009 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSB8
:
7010 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v8qi_s
);
7011 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXUW4
:
7012 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v4hi_u
);
7013 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_MAXSW4
:
7014 return alpha_fold_vector_minmax (MAX_EXPR
, op
, alpha_v4hi_s
);
7016 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_PERR
:
7017 return alpha_fold_builtin_perr (opint
, op_const
);
7018 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKLB
:
7019 return alpha_fold_builtin_pklb (opint
, op_const
);
7020 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_PKWB
:
7021 return alpha_fold_builtin_pkwb (opint
, op_const
);
7022 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBL
:
7023 return alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbl (opint
, op_const
);
7024 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_UNPKBW
:
7025 return alpha_fold_builtin_unpkbw (opint
, op_const
);
7027 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTTZ
:
7028 return alpha_fold_builtin_cttz (opint
, op_const
);
7029 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTLZ
:
7030 return alpha_fold_builtin_ctlz (opint
, op_const
);
7031 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_CTPOP
:
7032 return alpha_fold_builtin_ctpop (opint
, op_const
);
7034 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_AMASK
:
7035 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_IMPLVER
:
7036 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_RPCC
:
7037 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_THREAD_POINTER
:
7038 case ALPHA_BUILTIN_SET_THREAD_POINTER
:
7039 /* None of these are foldable at compile-time. */
7045 /* This page contains routines that are used to determine what the function
7046 prologue and epilogue code will do and write them out. */
7048 /* Compute the size of the save area in the stack. */
7050 /* These variables are used for communication between the following functions.
7051 They indicate various things about the current function being compiled
7052 that are used to tell what kind of prologue, epilogue and procedure
7053 descriptor to generate. */
7055 /* Nonzero if we need a stack procedure. */
7056 enum alpha_procedure_types
{PT_NULL
= 0, PT_REGISTER
= 1, PT_STACK
= 2};
7057 static enum alpha_procedure_types alpha_procedure_type
;
7059 /* Register number (either FP or SP) that is used to unwind the frame. */
7060 static int vms_unwind_regno
;
7062 /* Register number used to save FP. We need not have one for RA since
7063 we don't modify it for register procedures. This is only defined
7064 for register frame procedures. */
7065 static int vms_save_fp_regno
;
7067 /* Register number used to reference objects off our PV. */
7068 static int vms_base_regno
;
7070 /* Compute register masks for saved registers. */
7073 alpha_sa_mask (unsigned long *imaskP
, unsigned long *fmaskP
)
7075 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7076 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7079 /* When outputting a thunk, we don't have valid register life info,
7080 but assemble_start_function wants to output .frame and .mask
7082 if (current_function_is_thunk
)
7089 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7090 imask
|= (1UL << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
7092 /* One for every register we have to save. */
7093 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
7094 if (! fixed_regs
[i
] && ! call_used_regs
[i
]
7095 && df_regs_ever_live_p (i
) && i
!= REG_RA
7096 && (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
|| i
!= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
))
7099 imask
|= (1UL << i
);
7101 fmask
|= (1UL << (i
- 32));
7104 /* We need to restore these for the handler. */
7105 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
7109 unsigned regno
= EH_RETURN_DATA_REGNO (i
);
7110 if (regno
== INVALID_REGNUM
)
7112 imask
|= 1UL << regno
;
7116 /* If any register spilled, then spill the return address also. */
7117 /* ??? This is required by the Digital stack unwind specification
7118 and isn't needed if we're doing Dwarf2 unwinding. */
7119 if (imask
|| fmask
|| alpha_ra_ever_killed ())
7120 imask
|= (1UL << REG_RA
);
7127 alpha_sa_size (void)
7129 unsigned long mask
[2];
7133 alpha_sa_mask (&mask
[0], &mask
[1]);
7135 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7137 if (mask
[0] || mask
[1])
7142 for (j
= 0; j
< 2; ++j
)
7143 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
7144 if ((mask
[j
] >> i
) & 1)
7148 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7150 /* We might not need to generate a frame if we don't make any calls
7151 (including calls to __T3E_MISMATCH if this is a vararg function),
7152 don't have any local variables which require stack slots, don't
7153 use alloca and have not determined that we need a frame for other
7156 alpha_procedure_type
7157 = (sa_size
|| get_frame_size() != 0
7158 || current_function_outgoing_args_size
7159 || current_function_stdarg
|| current_function_calls_alloca
7160 || frame_pointer_needed
)
7161 ? PT_STACK
: PT_REGISTER
;
7163 /* Always reserve space for saving callee-saved registers if we
7164 need a frame as required by the calling convention. */
7165 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7168 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7170 /* Start by assuming we can use a register procedure if we don't
7171 make any calls (REG_RA not used) or need to save any
7172 registers and a stack procedure if we do. */
7173 if ((mask
[0] >> REG_RA
) & 1)
7174 alpha_procedure_type
= PT_STACK
;
7175 else if (get_frame_size() != 0)
7176 alpha_procedure_type
= PT_REGISTER
;
7178 alpha_procedure_type
= PT_NULL
;
7180 /* Don't reserve space for saving FP & RA yet. Do that later after we've
7181 made the final decision on stack procedure vs register procedure. */
7182 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7185 /* Decide whether to refer to objects off our PV via FP or PV.
7186 If we need FP for something else or if we receive a nonlocal
7187 goto (which expects PV to contain the value), we must use PV.
7188 Otherwise, start by assuming we can use FP. */
7191 = (frame_pointer_needed
7192 || current_function_has_nonlocal_label
7193 || alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
7194 || current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7195 ? REG_PV
: HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
7197 /* If we want to copy PV into FP, we need to find some register
7198 in which to save FP. */
7200 vms_save_fp_regno
= -1;
7201 if (vms_base_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
7202 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; i
++)
7203 if (! fixed_regs
[i
] && call_used_regs
[i
] && ! df_regs_ever_live_p (i
))
7204 vms_save_fp_regno
= i
;
7206 if (vms_save_fp_regno
== -1 && alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
7207 vms_base_regno
= REG_PV
, alpha_procedure_type
= PT_STACK
;
7208 else if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_NULL
)
7209 vms_base_regno
= REG_PV
;
7211 /* Stack unwinding should be done via FP unless we use it for PV. */
7212 vms_unwind_regno
= (vms_base_regno
== REG_PV
7213 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
: STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
7215 /* If this is a stack procedure, allow space for saving FP and RA. */
7216 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7221 /* Our size must be even (multiple of 16 bytes). */
7229 /* Define the offset between two registers, one to be eliminated,
7230 and the other its replacement, at the start of a routine. */
7233 alpha_initial_elimination_offset (unsigned int from
,
7234 unsigned int to ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7238 ret
= alpha_sa_size ();
7239 ret
+= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7243 case FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
:
7246 case ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
:
7247 ret
+= (ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size ()
7248 + current_function_pretend_args_size
)
7249 - current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7260 alpha_pv_save_size (void)
7263 return alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0;
7267 alpha_using_fp (void)
7270 return vms_unwind_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
7273 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7275 const struct attribute_spec vms_attribute_table
[] =
7277 /* { name, min_len, max_len, decl_req, type_req, fn_type_req, handler } */
7278 { "overlaid", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
7279 { "global", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
7280 { "initialize", 0, 0, true, false, false, NULL
},
7281 { NULL
, 0, 0, false, false, false, NULL
}
7287 find_lo_sum_using_gp (rtx
*px
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7289 return GET_CODE (*px
) == LO_SUM
&& XEXP (*px
, 0) == pic_offset_table_rtx
;
7293 alpha_find_lo_sum_using_gp (rtx insn
)
7295 return for_each_rtx (&PATTERN (insn
), find_lo_sum_using_gp
, NULL
) > 0;
7299 alpha_does_function_need_gp (void)
7303 /* The GP being variable is an OSF abi thing. */
7304 if (! TARGET_ABI_OSF
)
7307 /* We need the gp to load the address of __mcount. */
7308 if (TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP
&& current_function_profile
)
7311 /* The code emitted by alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf uses the gp. */
7312 if (current_function_is_thunk
)
7315 /* The nonlocal receiver pattern assumes that the gp is valid for
7316 the nested function. Reasonable because it's almost always set
7317 correctly already. For the cases where that's wrong, make sure
7318 the nested function loads its gp on entry. */
7319 if (current_function_has_nonlocal_goto
)
7322 /* If we need a GP (we have a LDSYM insn or a CALL_INSN), load it first.
7323 Even if we are a static function, we still need to do this in case
7324 our address is taken and passed to something like qsort. */
7326 push_topmost_sequence ();
7327 insn
= get_insns ();
7328 pop_topmost_sequence ();
7330 for (; insn
; insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
7332 && ! JUMP_TABLE_DATA_P (insn
)
7333 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != USE
7334 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) != CLOBBER
7335 && get_attr_usegp (insn
))
7342 /* Helper function to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on instructions, including
7346 set_frame_related_p (void)
7348 rtx seq
= get_insns ();
7359 while (insn
!= NULL_RTX
)
7361 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
7362 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
7364 seq
= emit_insn (seq
);
7368 seq
= emit_insn (seq
);
7369 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq
) = 1;
7374 #define FRP(exp) (start_sequence (), exp, set_frame_related_p ())
7376 /* Generates a store with the proper unwind info attached. VALUE is
7377 stored at BASE_REG+BASE_OFS. If FRAME_BIAS is nonzero, then BASE_REG
7378 contains SP+FRAME_BIAS, and that is the unwind info that should be
7379 generated. If FRAME_REG != VALUE, then VALUE is being stored on
7380 behalf of FRAME_REG, and FRAME_REG should be present in the unwind. */
7383 emit_frame_store_1 (rtx value
, rtx base_reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT frame_bias
,
7384 HOST_WIDE_INT base_ofs
, rtx frame_reg
)
7386 rtx addr
, mem
, insn
;
7388 addr
= plus_constant (base_reg
, base_ofs
);
7389 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, addr
);
7390 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
7392 insn
= emit_move_insn (mem
, value
);
7393 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
) = 1;
7395 if (frame_bias
|| value
!= frame_reg
)
7399 addr
= plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, frame_bias
+ base_ofs
);
7400 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, addr
);
7404 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
,
7405 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, mem
, frame_reg
),
7411 emit_frame_store (unsigned int regno
, rtx base_reg
,
7412 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_bias
, HOST_WIDE_INT base_ofs
)
7414 rtx reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, regno
);
7415 emit_frame_store_1 (reg
, base_reg
, frame_bias
, base_ofs
, reg
);
7418 /* Write function prologue. */
7420 /* On vms we have two kinds of functions:
7422 - stack frame (PROC_STACK)
7423 these are 'normal' functions with local vars and which are
7424 calling other functions
7425 - register frame (PROC_REGISTER)
7426 keeps all data in registers, needs no stack
7428 We must pass this to the assembler so it can generate the
7429 proper pdsc (procedure descriptor)
7430 This is done with the '.pdesc' command.
7432 On not-vms, we don't really differentiate between the two, as we can
7433 simply allocate stack without saving registers. */
7436 alpha_expand_prologue (void)
7438 /* Registers to save. */
7439 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7440 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7441 /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */
7442 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size
;
7443 /* Complete stack size needed. */
7444 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
7445 /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */
7446 HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset
;
7450 sa_size
= alpha_sa_size ();
7452 frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
7453 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7454 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7455 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0)
7457 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7458 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7459 /* We have to allocate space for the DSIB if we generate a frame. */
7460 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7461 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 48 : 0))
7462 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7463 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7465 frame_size
= (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7467 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7468 + current_function_pretend_args_size
));
7470 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7473 reg_offset
= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7475 alpha_sa_mask (&imask
, &fmask
);
7477 /* Emit an insn to reload GP, if needed. */
7480 alpha_function_needs_gp
= alpha_does_function_need_gp ();
7481 if (alpha_function_needs_gp
)
7482 emit_insn (gen_prologue_ldgp ());
7485 /* TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP actually implies that we need to insert
7486 the call to mcount ourselves, rather than having the linker do it
7487 magically in response to -pg. Since _mcount has special linkage,
7488 don't represent the call as a call. */
7489 if (TARGET_PROFILING_NEEDS_GP
&& current_function_profile
)
7490 emit_insn (gen_prologue_mcount ());
7492 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7493 unicosmk_gen_dsib (&imask
);
7495 /* Adjust the stack by the frame size. If the frame size is > 4096
7496 bytes, we need to be sure we probe somewhere in the first and last
7497 4096 bytes (we can probably get away without the latter test) and
7498 every 8192 bytes in between. If the frame size is > 32768, we
7499 do this in a loop. Otherwise, we generate the explicit probe
7502 Note that we are only allowed to adjust sp once in the prologue. */
7504 if (frame_size
<= 32768)
7506 if (frame_size
> 4096)
7510 for (probed
= 4096; probed
< frame_size
; probed
+= 8192)
7511 emit_insn (gen_probe_stack (GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
7515 /* We only have to do this probe if we aren't saving registers. */
7516 if (sa_size
== 0 && frame_size
> probed
- 4096)
7517 emit_insn (gen_probe_stack (GEN_INT (-frame_size
)));
7520 if (frame_size
!= 0)
7521 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7522 GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
7528 /* Here we generate code to set R22 to SP + 4096 and set R23 to the
7529 number of 8192 byte blocks to probe. We then probe each block
7530 in the loop and then set SP to the proper location. If the
7531 amount remaining is > 4096, we have to do one more probe if we
7532 are not saving any registers. */
7534 HOST_WIDE_INT blocks
= (frame_size
+ 4096) / 8192;
7535 HOST_WIDE_INT leftover
= frame_size
+ 4096 - blocks
* 8192;
7536 rtx ptr
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 22);
7537 rtx count
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
7540 emit_move_insn (count
, GEN_INT (blocks
));
7541 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (ptr
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7542 GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
? 4096 - 64 : 4096)));
7544 /* Because of the difficulty in emitting a new basic block this
7545 late in the compilation, generate the loop as a single insn. */
7546 emit_insn (gen_prologue_stack_probe_loop (count
, ptr
));
7548 if (leftover
> 4096 && sa_size
== 0)
7550 rtx last
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (ptr
, -leftover
));
7551 MEM_VOLATILE_P (last
) = 1;
7552 emit_move_insn (last
, const0_rtx
);
7555 if (TARGET_ABI_WINDOWS_NT
)
7557 /* For NT stack unwind (done by 'reverse execution'), it's
7558 not OK to take the result of a loop, even though the value
7559 is already in ptr, so we reload it via a single operation
7560 and subtract it to sp.
7562 Yes, that's correct -- we have to reload the whole constant
7563 into a temporary via ldah+lda then subtract from sp. */
7565 HOST_WIDE_INT lo
, hi
;
7566 lo
= ((frame_size
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7567 hi
= frame_size
- lo
;
7569 emit_move_insn (ptr
, GEN_INT (hi
));
7570 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (ptr
, ptr
, GEN_INT (lo
)));
7571 seq
= emit_insn (gen_subdi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7576 seq
= emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, ptr
,
7577 GEN_INT (-leftover
)));
7580 /* This alternative is special, because the DWARF code cannot
7581 possibly intuit through the loop above. So we invent this
7582 note it looks at instead. */
7583 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq
) = 1;
7585 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
,
7586 gen_rtx_SET (VOIDmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7587 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
7588 GEN_INT (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
7594 if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7596 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_bias
= 0;
7598 /* Cope with very large offsets to the register save area. */
7599 sa_reg
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
7600 if (reg_offset
+ sa_size
> 0x8000)
7602 int low
= ((reg_offset
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
7605 if (low
+ sa_size
<= 0x8000)
7606 sa_bias
= reg_offset
- low
, reg_offset
= low
;
7608 sa_bias
= reg_offset
, reg_offset
= 0;
7610 sa_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 24);
7611 sa_bias_rtx
= GEN_INT (sa_bias
);
7613 if (add_operand (sa_bias_rtx
, DImode
))
7614 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (sa_reg
, stack_pointer_rtx
, sa_bias_rtx
));
7617 emit_move_insn (sa_reg
, sa_bias_rtx
);
7618 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (sa_reg
, stack_pointer_rtx
, sa_reg
));
7622 /* Save regs in stack order. Beginning with VMS PV. */
7623 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7624 emit_frame_store (REG_PV
, stack_pointer_rtx
, 0, 0);
7626 /* Save register RA next. */
7627 if (imask
& (1UL << REG_RA
))
7629 emit_frame_store (REG_RA
, sa_reg
, sa_bias
, reg_offset
);
7630 imask
&= ~(1UL << REG_RA
);
7634 /* Now save any other registers required to be saved. */
7635 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; i
++)
7636 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7638 emit_frame_store (i
, sa_reg
, sa_bias
, reg_offset
);
7642 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; i
++)
7643 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
7645 emit_frame_store (i
+32, sa_reg
, sa_bias
, reg_offset
);
7649 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
7651 /* The standard frame on the T3E includes space for saving registers.
7652 We just have to use it. We don't have to save the return address and
7653 the old frame pointer here - they are saved in the DSIB. */
7656 for (i
= 9; i
< 15; i
++)
7657 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7659 emit_frame_store (i
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, 0, reg_offset
);
7662 for (i
= 2; i
< 10; i
++)
7663 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
7665 emit_frame_store (i
+32, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, 0, reg_offset
);
7670 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7672 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
7673 /* Register frame procedures save the fp.
7674 ?? Ought to have a dwarf2 save for this. */
7675 emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_save_fp_regno
),
7676 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
);
7678 if (alpha_procedure_type
!= PT_NULL
&& vms_base_regno
!= REG_PV
)
7679 emit_insn (gen_force_movdi (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_base_regno
),
7680 gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_PV
)));
7682 if (alpha_procedure_type
!= PT_NULL
7683 && vms_unwind_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
7684 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
7686 /* If we have to allocate space for outgoing args, do it now. */
7687 if (current_function_outgoing_args_size
!= 0)
7690 = emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
7692 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7694 (current_function_outgoing_args_size
))));
7696 /* Only set FRAME_RELATED_P on the stack adjustment we just emitted
7697 if ! frame_pointer_needed. Setting the bit will change the CFA
7698 computation rule to use sp again, which would be wrong if we had
7699 frame_pointer_needed, as this means sp might move unpredictably
7703 frame_pointer_needed
7704 => vms_unwind_regno == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7706 current_function_outgoing_args_size != 0
7707 => alpha_procedure_type != PT_NULL,
7709 so when we are not setting the bit here, we are guaranteed to
7710 have emitted an FRP frame pointer update just before. */
7711 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (seq
) = ! frame_pointer_needed
;
7714 else if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7716 /* If we need a frame pointer, set it from the stack pointer. */
7717 if (frame_pointer_needed
)
7719 if (TARGET_CAN_FAULT_IN_PROLOGUE
)
7720 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
));
7722 /* This must always be the last instruction in the
7723 prologue, thus we emit a special move + clobber. */
7724 FRP (emit_insn (gen_init_fp (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
7725 stack_pointer_rtx
, sa_reg
)));
7729 /* The ABIs for VMS and OSF/1 say that while we can schedule insns into
7730 the prologue, for exception handling reasons, we cannot do this for
7731 any insn that might fault. We could prevent this for mems with a
7732 (clobber:BLK (scratch)), but this doesn't work for fp insns. So we
7733 have to prevent all such scheduling with a blockage.
7735 Linux, on the other hand, never bothered to implement OSF/1's
7736 exception handling, and so doesn't care about such things. Anyone
7737 planning to use dwarf2 frame-unwind info can also omit the blockage. */
7739 if (! TARGET_CAN_FAULT_IN_PROLOGUE
)
7740 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
7743 /* Count the number of .file directives, so that .loc is up to date. */
7744 int num_source_filenames
= 0;
7746 /* Output the textual info surrounding the prologue. */
7749 alpha_start_function (FILE *file
, const char *fnname
,
7750 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7752 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7753 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7754 /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */
7755 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size
;
7756 /* Complete stack size needed. */
7757 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
7758 /* The maximum debuggable frame size (512 Kbytes using Tru64 as). */
7759 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT max_frame_size
= TARGET_ABI_OSF
&& !TARGET_GAS
7762 /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */
7763 HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset
;
7764 char *entry_label
= (char *) alloca (strlen (fnname
) + 6);
7767 /* Don't emit an extern directive for functions defined in the same file. */
7768 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7771 name_tree
= get_identifier (fnname
);
7772 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
) = 1;
7775 alpha_fnname
= fnname
;
7776 sa_size
= alpha_sa_size ();
7778 frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
7779 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7780 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7781 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0)
7783 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7784 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7785 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7786 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 48 : 0))
7787 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7788 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7790 frame_size
= (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7792 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7793 + current_function_pretend_args_size
));
7795 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7798 reg_offset
= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7800 alpha_sa_mask (&imask
, &fmask
);
7802 /* Ecoff can handle multiple .file directives, so put out file and lineno.
7803 We have to do that before the .ent directive as we cannot switch
7804 files within procedures with native ecoff because line numbers are
7805 linked to procedure descriptors.
7806 Outputting the lineno helps debugging of one line functions as they
7807 would otherwise get no line number at all. Please note that we would
7808 like to put out last_linenum from final.c, but it is not accessible. */
7810 if (write_symbols
== SDB_DEBUG
)
7812 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME
7813 ASM_OUTPUT_SOURCE_FILENAME (file
,
7814 DECL_SOURCE_FILE (current_function_decl
));
7816 #ifdef SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE
7817 if (debug_info_level
!= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
7818 SDB_OUTPUT_SOURCE_LINE (file
,
7819 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (current_function_decl
));
7823 /* Issue function start and label. */
7824 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7825 || (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& !flag_inhibit_size_directive
))
7827 fputs ("\t.ent ", file
);
7828 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7831 /* If the function needs GP, we'll write the "..ng" label there.
7832 Otherwise, do it here. */
7834 && ! alpha_function_needs_gp
7835 && ! current_function_is_thunk
)
7838 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7839 fputs ("..ng:\n", file
);
7843 strcpy (entry_label
, fnname
);
7844 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7845 strcat (entry_label
, "..en");
7847 /* For public functions, the label must be globalized by appending an
7848 additional colon. */
7849 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
7850 strcat (entry_label
, ":");
7852 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (file
, entry_label
);
7853 inside_function
= TRUE
;
7855 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7856 fprintf (file
, "\t.base $%d\n", vms_base_regno
);
7858 if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& !TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& TARGET_IEEE_CONFORMANT
7859 && !flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7861 /* Set flags in procedure descriptor to request IEEE-conformant
7862 math-library routines. The value we set it to is PDSC_EXC_IEEE
7863 (/usr/include/pdsc.h). */
7864 fputs ("\t.eflag 48\n", file
);
7867 /* Set up offsets to alpha virtual arg/local debugging pointer. */
7868 alpha_auto_offset
= -frame_size
+ current_function_pretend_args_size
;
7869 alpha_arg_offset
= -frame_size
+ 48;
7871 /* Describe our frame. If the frame size is larger than an integer,
7872 print it as zero to avoid an assembler error. We won't be
7873 properly describing such a frame, but that's the best we can do. */
7874 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7876 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7877 fprintf (file
, "\t.frame $%d," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
",$26,"
7878 HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
7880 frame_size
>= (1UL << 31) ? 0 : frame_size
,
7882 else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7883 fprintf (file
, "\t.frame $%d," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
",$26,%d\n",
7884 (frame_pointer_needed
7885 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
: STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
),
7886 frame_size
>= max_frame_size
? 0 : frame_size
,
7887 current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7889 /* Describe which registers were spilled. */
7890 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7892 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7895 /* ??? Does VMS care if mask contains ra? The old code didn't
7896 set it, so I don't here. */
7897 fprintf (file
, "\t.mask 0x%lx,0\n", imask
& ~(1UL << REG_RA
));
7899 fprintf (file
, "\t.fmask 0x%lx,0\n", fmask
);
7900 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
7901 fprintf (file
, "\t.fp_save $%d\n", vms_save_fp_regno
);
7903 else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7907 fprintf (file
, "\t.mask 0x%lx," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n", imask
,
7908 frame_size
>= max_frame_size
? 0 : reg_offset
- frame_size
);
7910 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
7911 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
7916 fprintf (file
, "\t.fmask 0x%lx," HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n", fmask
,
7917 frame_size
>= max_frame_size
? 0 : reg_offset
- frame_size
);
7920 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
7921 /* Ifdef'ed cause link_section are only available then. */
7922 switch_to_section (readonly_data_section
);
7923 fprintf (file
, "\t.align 3\n");
7924 assemble_name (file
, fnname
); fputs ("..na:\n", file
);
7925 fputs ("\t.ascii \"", file
);
7926 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
7927 fputs ("\\0\"\n", file
);
7928 alpha_need_linkage (fnname
, 1);
7929 switch_to_section (text_section
);
7933 /* Emit the .prologue note at the scheduled end of the prologue. */
7936 alpha_output_function_end_prologue (FILE *file
)
7938 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7940 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7941 fputs ("\t.prologue\n", file
);
7942 else if (TARGET_ABI_WINDOWS_NT
)
7943 fputs ("\t.prologue 0\n", file
);
7944 else if (!flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
7945 fprintf (file
, "\t.prologue %d\n",
7946 alpha_function_needs_gp
|| current_function_is_thunk
);
7949 /* Write function epilogue. */
7951 /* ??? At some point we will want to support full unwind, and so will
7952 need to mark the epilogue as well. At the moment, we just confuse
7955 #define FRP(exp) exp
7958 alpha_expand_epilogue (void)
7960 /* Registers to save. */
7961 unsigned long imask
= 0;
7962 unsigned long fmask
= 0;
7963 /* Stack space needed for pushing registers clobbered by us. */
7964 HOST_WIDE_INT sa_size
;
7965 /* Complete stack size needed. */
7966 HOST_WIDE_INT frame_size
;
7967 /* Offset from base reg to register save area. */
7968 HOST_WIDE_INT reg_offset
;
7969 int fp_is_frame_pointer
, fp_offset
;
7970 rtx sa_reg
, sa_reg_exp
= NULL
;
7971 rtx sp_adj1
, sp_adj2
, mem
;
7975 sa_size
= alpha_sa_size ();
7977 frame_size
= get_frame_size ();
7978 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7979 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7980 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 8 : 0)
7982 + current_function_pretend_args_size
);
7983 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
7984 frame_size
= ALPHA_ROUND (sa_size
7985 + (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? 48 : 0))
7986 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7987 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
7989 frame_size
= (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
7991 + ALPHA_ROUND (frame_size
7992 + current_function_pretend_args_size
));
7994 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
7996 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
8002 reg_offset
= ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
);
8004 alpha_sa_mask (&imask
, &fmask
);
8007 = ((TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
8008 || (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& frame_pointer_needed
));
8010 sa_reg
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
8012 if (current_function_calls_eh_return
)
8013 eh_ofs
= EH_RETURN_STACKADJ_RTX
;
8017 if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& sa_size
)
8019 /* If we have a frame pointer, restore SP from it. */
8020 if ((TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
8021 && vms_unwind_regno
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
8022 || (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& frame_pointer_needed
))
8023 FRP (emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
8025 /* Cope with very large offsets to the register save area. */
8026 if (reg_offset
+ sa_size
> 0x8000)
8028 int low
= ((reg_offset
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8031 if (low
+ sa_size
<= 0x8000)
8032 bias
= reg_offset
- low
, reg_offset
= low
;
8034 bias
= reg_offset
, reg_offset
= 0;
8036 sa_reg
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 22);
8037 sa_reg_exp
= plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, bias
);
8039 FRP (emit_move_insn (sa_reg
, sa_reg_exp
));
8042 /* Restore registers in order, excepting a true frame pointer. */
8044 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
8046 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8047 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
), mem
));
8050 imask
&= ~(1UL << REG_RA
);
8052 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; ++i
)
8053 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
8055 if (i
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& fp_is_frame_pointer
)
8056 fp_offset
= reg_offset
;
8059 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
8060 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8061 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, i
), mem
));
8066 for (i
= 0; i
< 31; ++i
)
8067 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
8069 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, plus_constant(sa_reg
, reg_offset
));
8070 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8071 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, i
+32), mem
));
8075 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
8077 /* Restore callee-saved general-purpose registers. */
8081 for (i
= 9; i
< 15; i
++)
8082 if (imask
& (1UL << i
))
8084 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
8086 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8087 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, i
), mem
));
8091 for (i
= 2; i
< 10; i
++)
8092 if (fmask
& (1UL << i
))
8094 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DFmode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
8096 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8097 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DFmode
, i
+32), mem
));
8101 /* Restore the return address from the DSIB. */
8103 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant(hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, -8));
8104 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8105 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
), mem
));
8108 if (frame_size
|| eh_ofs
)
8110 sp_adj1
= stack_pointer_rtx
;
8114 sp_adj1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
8115 emit_move_insn (sp_adj1
,
8116 gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, stack_pointer_rtx
, eh_ofs
));
8119 /* If the stack size is large, begin computation into a temporary
8120 register so as not to interfere with a potential fp restore,
8121 which must be consecutive with an SP restore. */
8122 if (frame_size
< 32768
8123 && ! (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& current_function_calls_alloca
))
8124 sp_adj2
= GEN_INT (frame_size
);
8125 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
8127 sp_adj1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
8128 FRP (emit_move_insn (sp_adj1
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
8129 sp_adj2
= const0_rtx
;
8131 else if (frame_size
< 0x40007fffL
)
8133 int low
= ((frame_size
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8135 sp_adj2
= plus_constant (sp_adj1
, frame_size
- low
);
8136 if (sa_reg_exp
&& rtx_equal_p (sa_reg_exp
, sp_adj2
))
8140 sp_adj1
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
8141 FRP (emit_move_insn (sp_adj1
, sp_adj2
));
8143 sp_adj2
= GEN_INT (low
);
8147 rtx tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 23);
8148 FRP (sp_adj2
= alpha_emit_set_const (tmp
, DImode
, frame_size
,
8152 /* We can't drop new things to memory this late, afaik,
8153 so build it up by pieces. */
8154 FRP (sp_adj2
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (tmp
, frame_size
,
8155 -(frame_size
< 0)));
8156 gcc_assert (sp_adj2
);
8160 /* From now on, things must be in order. So emit blockages. */
8162 /* Restore the frame pointer. */
8163 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
8165 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
8166 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
,
8167 plus_constant (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, -16));
8168 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8169 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, mem
));
8171 else if (fp_is_frame_pointer
)
8173 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
8174 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (sa_reg
, fp_offset
));
8175 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
8176 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, mem
));
8178 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
8180 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
8181 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
8182 gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_save_fp_regno
)));
8185 /* Restore the stack pointer. */
8186 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
8187 if (sp_adj2
== const0_rtx
)
8188 FRP (emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
, sp_adj1
));
8190 FRP (emit_move_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
8191 gen_rtx_PLUS (DImode
, sp_adj1
, sp_adj2
)));
8195 if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
&& alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
)
8197 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
8198 FRP (emit_move_insn (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
8199 gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, vms_save_fp_regno
)));
8201 else if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& alpha_procedure_type
!= PT_STACK
)
8203 /* Decrement the frame pointer if the function does not have a
8206 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
8207 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
8208 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, constm1_rtx
)));
8213 /* Output the rest of the textual info surrounding the epilogue. */
8216 alpha_end_function (FILE *file
, const char *fnname
, tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
8220 /* We output a nop after noreturn calls at the very end of the function to
8221 ensure that the return address always remains in the caller's code range,
8222 as not doing so might confuse unwinding engines. */
8223 insn
= get_last_insn ();
8225 insn
= prev_active_insn (insn
);
8226 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
8227 output_asm_insn (get_insn_template (CODE_FOR_nop
, NULL
), NULL
);
8229 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
8230 alpha_write_linkage (file
, fnname
, decl
);
8233 /* End the function. */
8234 if (!TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
&& !flag_inhibit_size_directive
)
8236 fputs ("\t.end ", file
);
8237 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
8240 inside_function
= FALSE
;
8242 /* Output jump tables and the static subroutine information block. */
8243 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
8245 unicosmk_output_ssib (file
, fnname
);
8246 unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (file
);
8251 /* Emit a tail call to FUNCTION after adjusting THIS by DELTA.
8253 In order to avoid the hordes of differences between generated code
8254 with and without TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS, and to avoid duplicating
8255 lots of code loading up large constants, generate rtl and emit it
8256 instead of going straight to text.
8258 Not sure why this idea hasn't been explored before... */
8261 alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf (FILE *file
, tree thunk_fndecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8262 HOST_WIDE_INT delta
, HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset
,
8265 HOST_WIDE_INT hi
, lo
;
8266 rtx
this, insn
, funexp
;
8268 /* We always require a valid GP. */
8269 emit_insn (gen_prologue_ldgp ());
8270 emit_note (NOTE_INSN_PROLOGUE_END
);
8272 /* Find the "this" pointer. If the function returns a structure,
8273 the structure return pointer is in $16. */
8274 if (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (function
)), function
))
8275 this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 17);
8277 this = gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 16);
8279 /* Add DELTA. When possible we use ldah+lda. Otherwise load the
8280 entire constant for the add. */
8281 lo
= ((delta
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8282 hi
= (((delta
- lo
) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
8283 if (hi
+ lo
== delta
)
8286 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, GEN_INT (hi
)));
8288 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, GEN_INT (lo
)));
8292 rtx tmp
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0),
8293 delta
, -(delta
< 0));
8294 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, tmp
));
8297 /* Add a delta stored in the vtable at VCALL_OFFSET. */
8302 tmp
= gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 0);
8303 emit_move_insn (tmp
, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, this));
8305 lo
= ((vcall_offset
& 0xffff) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8306 hi
= (((vcall_offset
- lo
) & 0xffffffff) ^ 0x80000000) - 0x80000000;
8307 if (hi
+ lo
== vcall_offset
)
8310 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tmp
, tmp
, GEN_INT (hi
)));
8314 tmp2
= alpha_emit_set_long_const (gen_rtx_REG (Pmode
, 1),
8315 vcall_offset
, -(vcall_offset
< 0));
8316 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (tmp
, tmp
, tmp2
));
8320 tmp2
= gen_rtx_PLUS (Pmode
, tmp
, GEN_INT (lo
));
8323 emit_move_insn (tmp
, gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, tmp2
));
8325 emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (this, this, tmp
));
8328 /* Generate a tail call to the target function. */
8329 if (! TREE_USED (function
))
8331 assemble_external (function
);
8332 TREE_USED (function
) = 1;
8334 funexp
= XEXP (DECL_RTL (function
), 0);
8335 funexp
= gen_rtx_MEM (FUNCTION_MODE
, funexp
);
8336 insn
= emit_call_insn (gen_sibcall (funexp
, const0_rtx
));
8337 SIBLING_CALL_P (insn
) = 1;
8339 /* Run just enough of rest_of_compilation to get the insns emitted.
8340 There's not really enough bulk here to make other passes such as
8341 instruction scheduling worth while. Note that use_thunk calls
8342 assemble_start_function and assemble_end_function. */
8343 insn
= get_insns ();
8344 insn_locators_alloc ();
8345 shorten_branches (insn
);
8346 final_start_function (insn
, file
, 1);
8347 final (insn
, file
, 1);
8348 final_end_function ();
8350 #endif /* TARGET_ABI_OSF */
8352 /* Debugging support. */
8356 /* Count the number of sdb related labels are generated (to find block
8357 start and end boundaries). */
8359 int sdb_label_count
= 0;
8361 /* Name of the file containing the current function. */
8363 static const char *current_function_file
= "";
8365 /* Offsets to alpha virtual arg/local debugging pointers. */
8367 long alpha_arg_offset
;
8368 long alpha_auto_offset
;
8370 /* Emit a new filename to a stream. */
8373 alpha_output_filename (FILE *stream
, const char *name
)
8375 static int first_time
= TRUE
;
8380 ++num_source_filenames
;
8381 current_function_file
= name
;
8382 fprintf (stream
, "\t.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames
);
8383 output_quoted_string (stream
, name
);
8384 fprintf (stream
, "\n");
8385 if (!TARGET_GAS
&& write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
)
8386 fprintf (stream
, "\t#@stabs\n");
8389 else if (write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
)
8390 /* dbxout.c will emit an appropriate .stabs directive. */
8393 else if (name
!= current_function_file
8394 && strcmp (name
, current_function_file
) != 0)
8396 if (inside_function
&& ! TARGET_GAS
)
8397 fprintf (stream
, "\t#.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames
);
8400 ++num_source_filenames
;
8401 current_function_file
= name
;
8402 fprintf (stream
, "\t.file\t%d ", num_source_filenames
);
8405 output_quoted_string (stream
, name
);
8406 fprintf (stream
, "\n");
8410 /* Structure to show the current status of registers and memory. */
8412 struct shadow_summary
8415 unsigned int i
: 31; /* Mask of int regs */
8416 unsigned int fp
: 31; /* Mask of fp regs */
8417 unsigned int mem
: 1; /* mem == imem | fpmem */
8421 /* Summary the effects of expression X on the machine. Update SUM, a pointer
8422 to the summary structure. SET is nonzero if the insn is setting the
8423 object, otherwise zero. */
8426 summarize_insn (rtx x
, struct shadow_summary
*sum
, int set
)
8428 const char *format_ptr
;
8434 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
8436 /* ??? Note that this case would be incorrect if the Alpha had a
8437 ZERO_EXTRACT in SET_DEST. */
8439 summarize_insn (SET_SRC (x
), sum
, 0);
8440 summarize_insn (SET_DEST (x
), sum
, 1);
8444 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 1);
8448 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8452 for (i
= ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_LENGTH (x
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8453 summarize_insn (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT (x
, i
), sum
, 0);
8457 for (i
= XVECLEN (x
, 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8458 summarize_insn (XVECEXP (x
, 0, i
), sum
, 0);
8462 summarize_insn (SUBREG_REG (x
), sum
, 0);
8467 int regno
= REGNO (x
);
8468 unsigned long mask
= ((unsigned long) 1) << (regno
% 32);
8470 if (regno
== 31 || regno
== 63)
8476 sum
->defd
.i
|= mask
;
8478 sum
->defd
.fp
|= mask
;
8483 sum
->used
.i
|= mask
;
8485 sum
->used
.fp
|= mask
;
8496 /* Find the regs used in memory address computation: */
8497 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8500 case CONST_INT
: case CONST_DOUBLE
:
8501 case SYMBOL_REF
: case LABEL_REF
: case CONST
:
8502 case SCRATCH
: case ASM_INPUT
:
8505 /* Handle common unary and binary ops for efficiency. */
8506 case COMPARE
: case PLUS
: case MINUS
: case MULT
: case DIV
:
8507 case MOD
: case UDIV
: case UMOD
: case AND
: case IOR
:
8508 case XOR
: case ASHIFT
: case ROTATE
: case ASHIFTRT
: case LSHIFTRT
:
8509 case ROTATERT
: case SMIN
: case SMAX
: case UMIN
: case UMAX
:
8510 case NE
: case EQ
: case GE
: case GT
: case LE
:
8511 case LT
: case GEU
: case GTU
: case LEU
: case LTU
:
8512 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8513 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 1), sum
, 0);
8516 case NEG
: case NOT
: case SIGN_EXTEND
: case ZERO_EXTEND
:
8517 case TRUNCATE
: case FLOAT_EXTEND
: case FLOAT_TRUNCATE
: case FLOAT
:
8518 case FIX
: case UNSIGNED_FLOAT
: case UNSIGNED_FIX
: case ABS
:
8519 case SQRT
: case FFS
:
8520 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, 0), sum
, 0);
8524 format_ptr
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x
));
8525 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x
)) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
8526 switch (format_ptr
[i
])
8529 summarize_insn (XEXP (x
, i
), sum
, 0);
8533 for (j
= XVECLEN (x
, i
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
--)
8534 summarize_insn (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
), sum
, 0);
8546 /* Ensure a sufficient number of `trapb' insns are in the code when
8547 the user requests code with a trap precision of functions or
8550 In naive mode, when the user requests a trap-precision of
8551 "instruction", a trapb is needed after every instruction that may
8552 generate a trap. This ensures that the code is resumption safe but
8555 When optimizations are turned on, we delay issuing a trapb as long
8556 as possible. In this context, a trap shadow is the sequence of
8557 instructions that starts with a (potentially) trap generating
8558 instruction and extends to the next trapb or call_pal instruction
8559 (but GCC never generates call_pal by itself). We can delay (and
8560 therefore sometimes omit) a trapb subject to the following
8563 (a) On entry to the trap shadow, if any Alpha register or memory
8564 location contains a value that is used as an operand value by some
8565 instruction in the trap shadow (live on entry), then no instruction
8566 in the trap shadow may modify the register or memory location.
8568 (b) Within the trap shadow, the computation of the base register
8569 for a memory load or store instruction may not involve using the
8570 result of an instruction that might generate an UNPREDICTABLE
8573 (c) Within the trap shadow, no register may be used more than once
8574 as a destination register. (This is to make life easier for the
8577 (d) The trap shadow may not include any branch instructions. */
8580 alpha_handle_trap_shadows (void)
8582 struct shadow_summary shadow
;
8583 int trap_pending
, exception_nesting
;
8587 exception_nesting
= 0;
8590 shadow
.used
.mem
= 0;
8591 shadow
.defd
= shadow
.used
;
8593 for (i
= get_insns (); i
; i
= NEXT_INSN (i
))
8595 if (GET_CODE (i
) == NOTE
)
8597 switch (NOTE_KIND (i
))
8599 case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_BEG
:
8600 exception_nesting
++;
8605 case NOTE_INSN_EH_REGION_END
:
8606 exception_nesting
--;
8611 case NOTE_INSN_EPILOGUE_BEG
:
8612 if (trap_pending
&& alpha_tp
>= ALPHA_TP_FUNC
)
8617 else if (trap_pending
)
8619 if (alpha_tp
== ALPHA_TP_FUNC
)
8621 if (GET_CODE (i
) == JUMP_INSN
8622 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == RETURN
)
8625 else if (alpha_tp
== ALPHA_TP_INSN
)
8629 struct shadow_summary sum
;
8634 sum
.defd
= sum
.used
;
8636 switch (GET_CODE (i
))
8639 /* Annoyingly, get_attr_trap will die on these. */
8640 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == USE
8641 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) == CLOBBER
)
8644 summarize_insn (PATTERN (i
), &sum
, 0);
8646 if ((sum
.defd
.i
& shadow
.defd
.i
)
8647 || (sum
.defd
.fp
& shadow
.defd
.fp
))
8649 /* (c) would be violated */
8653 /* Combine shadow with summary of current insn: */
8654 shadow
.used
.i
|= sum
.used
.i
;
8655 shadow
.used
.fp
|= sum
.used
.fp
;
8656 shadow
.used
.mem
|= sum
.used
.mem
;
8657 shadow
.defd
.i
|= sum
.defd
.i
;
8658 shadow
.defd
.fp
|= sum
.defd
.fp
;
8659 shadow
.defd
.mem
|= sum
.defd
.mem
;
8661 if ((sum
.defd
.i
& shadow
.used
.i
)
8662 || (sum
.defd
.fp
& shadow
.used
.fp
)
8663 || (sum
.defd
.mem
& shadow
.used
.mem
))
8665 /* (a) would be violated (also takes care of (b)) */
8666 gcc_assert (get_attr_trap (i
) != TRAP_YES
8667 || (!(sum
.defd
.i
& sum
.used
.i
)
8668 && !(sum
.defd
.fp
& sum
.used
.fp
)));
8686 n
= emit_insn_before (gen_trapb (), i
);
8687 PUT_MODE (n
, TImode
);
8688 PUT_MODE (i
, TImode
);
8692 shadow
.used
.mem
= 0;
8693 shadow
.defd
= shadow
.used
;
8698 if ((exception_nesting
> 0 || alpha_tp
>= ALPHA_TP_FUNC
)
8699 && GET_CODE (i
) == INSN
8700 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) != USE
8701 && GET_CODE (PATTERN (i
)) != CLOBBER
8702 && get_attr_trap (i
) == TRAP_YES
)
8704 if (optimize
&& !trap_pending
)
8705 summarize_insn (PATTERN (i
), &shadow
, 0);
8711 /* Alpha can only issue instruction groups simultaneously if they are
8712 suitably aligned. This is very processor-specific. */
8713 /* There are a number of entries in alphaev4_insn_pipe and alphaev5_insn_pipe
8714 that are marked "fake". These instructions do not exist on that target,
8715 but it is possible to see these insns with deranged combinations of
8716 command-line options, such as "-mtune=ev4 -mmax". Instead of aborting,
8717 choose a result at random. */
8719 enum alphaev4_pipe
{
8726 enum alphaev5_pipe
{
8737 static enum alphaev4_pipe
8738 alphaev4_insn_pipe (rtx insn
)
8740 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8742 if (get_attr_length (insn
) != 4)
8745 switch (get_attr_type (insn
))
8761 case TYPE_MVI
: /* fake */
8776 case TYPE_FSQRT
: /* fake */
8777 case TYPE_FTOI
: /* fake */
8778 case TYPE_ITOF
: /* fake */
8786 static enum alphaev5_pipe
8787 alphaev5_insn_pipe (rtx insn
)
8789 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8791 if (get_attr_length (insn
) != 4)
8794 switch (get_attr_type (insn
))
8814 case TYPE_FTOI
: /* fake */
8815 case TYPE_ITOF
: /* fake */
8830 case TYPE_FSQRT
: /* fake */
8841 /* IN_USE is a mask of the slots currently filled within the insn group.
8842 The mask bits come from alphaev4_pipe above. If EV4_IBX is set, then
8843 the insn in EV4_IB0 can be swapped by the hardware into EV4_IB1.
8845 LEN is, of course, the length of the group in bytes. */
8848 alphaev4_next_group (rtx insn
, int *pin_use
, int *plen
)
8855 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
8856 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
)
8861 enum alphaev4_pipe pipe
;
8863 pipe
= alphaev4_insn_pipe (insn
);
8867 /* Force complex instructions to start new groups. */
8871 /* If this is a completely unrecognized insn, it's an asm.
8872 We don't know how long it is, so record length as -1 to
8873 signal a needed realignment. */
8874 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8877 len
= get_attr_length (insn
);
8881 if (in_use
& EV4_IB0
)
8883 if (in_use
& EV4_IB1
)
8888 in_use
|= EV4_IB0
| EV4_IBX
;
8892 if (in_use
& EV4_IB0
)
8894 if (!(in_use
& EV4_IBX
) || (in_use
& EV4_IB1
))
8902 if (in_use
& EV4_IB1
)
8912 /* Haifa doesn't do well scheduling branches. */
8913 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
8917 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
8919 if (!insn
|| ! INSN_P (insn
))
8922 /* Let Haifa tell us where it thinks insn group boundaries are. */
8923 if (GET_MODE (insn
) == TImode
)
8926 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
)
8931 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
8939 /* IN_USE is a mask of the slots currently filled within the insn group.
8940 The mask bits come from alphaev5_pipe above. If EV5_E01 is set, then
8941 the insn in EV5_E0 can be swapped by the hardware into EV5_E1.
8943 LEN is, of course, the length of the group in bytes. */
8946 alphaev5_next_group (rtx insn
, int *pin_use
, int *plen
)
8953 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == CLOBBER
8954 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == USE
)
8959 enum alphaev5_pipe pipe
;
8961 pipe
= alphaev5_insn_pipe (insn
);
8965 /* Force complex instructions to start new groups. */
8969 /* If this is a completely unrecognized insn, it's an asm.
8970 We don't know how long it is, so record length as -1 to
8971 signal a needed realignment. */
8972 if (recog_memoized (insn
) < 0)
8975 len
= get_attr_length (insn
);
8978 /* ??? Most of the places below, we would like to assert never
8979 happen, as it would indicate an error either in Haifa, or
8980 in the scheduling description. Unfortunately, Haifa never
8981 schedules the last instruction of the BB, so we don't have
8982 an accurate TI bit to go off. */
8984 if (in_use
& EV5_E0
)
8986 if (in_use
& EV5_E1
)
8991 in_use
|= EV5_E0
| EV5_E01
;
8995 if (in_use
& EV5_E0
)
8997 if (!(in_use
& EV5_E01
) || (in_use
& EV5_E1
))
9005 if (in_use
& EV5_E1
)
9011 if (in_use
& EV5_FA
)
9013 if (in_use
& EV5_FM
)
9018 in_use
|= EV5_FA
| EV5_FAM
;
9022 if (in_use
& EV5_FA
)
9028 if (in_use
& EV5_FM
)
9041 /* Haifa doesn't do well scheduling branches. */
9042 /* ??? If this is predicted not-taken, slotting continues, except
9043 that no more IBR, FBR, or JSR insns may be slotted. */
9044 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == JUMP_INSN
)
9048 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
9050 if (!insn
|| ! INSN_P (insn
))
9053 /* Let Haifa tell us where it thinks insn group boundaries are. */
9054 if (GET_MODE (insn
) == TImode
)
9057 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == CLOBBER
|| GET_CODE (insn
) == USE
)
9062 insn
= next_nonnote_insn (insn
);
9071 alphaev4_next_nop (int *pin_use
)
9073 int in_use
= *pin_use
;
9076 if (!(in_use
& EV4_IB0
))
9081 else if ((in_use
& (EV4_IBX
|EV4_IB1
)) == EV4_IBX
)
9086 else if (TARGET_FP
&& !(in_use
& EV4_IB1
))
9099 alphaev5_next_nop (int *pin_use
)
9101 int in_use
= *pin_use
;
9104 if (!(in_use
& EV5_E1
))
9109 else if (TARGET_FP
&& !(in_use
& EV5_FA
))
9114 else if (TARGET_FP
&& !(in_use
& EV5_FM
))
9126 /* The instruction group alignment main loop. */
9129 alpha_align_insns (unsigned int max_align
,
9130 rtx (*next_group
) (rtx
, int *, int *),
9131 rtx (*next_nop
) (int *))
9133 /* ALIGN is the known alignment for the insn group. */
9135 /* OFS is the offset of the current insn in the insn group. */
9137 int prev_in_use
, in_use
, len
, ldgp
;
9140 /* Let shorten branches care for assigning alignments to code labels. */
9141 shorten_branches (get_insns ());
9143 if (align_functions
< 4)
9145 else if ((unsigned int) align_functions
< max_align
)
9146 align
= align_functions
;
9150 ofs
= prev_in_use
= 0;
9152 if (GET_CODE (i
) == NOTE
)
9153 i
= next_nonnote_insn (i
);
9155 ldgp
= alpha_function_needs_gp
? 8 : 0;
9159 next
= (*next_group
) (i
, &in_use
, &len
);
9161 /* When we see a label, resync alignment etc. */
9162 if (GET_CODE (i
) == CODE_LABEL
)
9164 unsigned int new_align
= 1 << label_to_alignment (i
);
9166 if (new_align
>= align
)
9168 align
= new_align
< max_align
? new_align
: max_align
;
9172 else if (ofs
& (new_align
-1))
9173 ofs
= (ofs
| (new_align
-1)) + 1;
9177 /* Handle complex instructions special. */
9178 else if (in_use
== 0)
9180 /* Asms will have length < 0. This is a signal that we have
9181 lost alignment knowledge. Assume, however, that the asm
9182 will not mis-align instructions. */
9191 /* If the known alignment is smaller than the recognized insn group,
9192 realign the output. */
9193 else if ((int) align
< len
)
9195 unsigned int new_log_align
= len
> 8 ? 4 : 3;
9198 where
= prev
= prev_nonnote_insn (i
);
9199 if (!where
|| GET_CODE (where
) != CODE_LABEL
)
9202 /* Can't realign between a call and its gp reload. */
9203 if (! (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
9204 && prev
&& GET_CODE (prev
) == CALL_INSN
))
9206 emit_insn_before (gen_realign (GEN_INT (new_log_align
)), where
);
9207 align
= 1 << new_log_align
;
9212 /* We may not insert padding inside the initial ldgp sequence. */
9216 /* If the group won't fit in the same INT16 as the previous,
9217 we need to add padding to keep the group together. Rather
9218 than simply leaving the insn filling to the assembler, we
9219 can make use of the knowledge of what sorts of instructions
9220 were issued in the previous group to make sure that all of
9221 the added nops are really free. */
9222 else if (ofs
+ len
> (int) align
)
9224 int nop_count
= (align
- ofs
) / 4;
9227 /* Insert nops before labels, branches, and calls to truly merge
9228 the execution of the nops with the previous instruction group. */
9229 where
= prev_nonnote_insn (i
);
9232 if (GET_CODE (where
) == CODE_LABEL
)
9234 rtx where2
= prev_nonnote_insn (where
);
9235 if (where2
&& GET_CODE (where2
) == JUMP_INSN
)
9238 else if (GET_CODE (where
) == INSN
)
9245 emit_insn_before ((*next_nop
)(&prev_in_use
), where
);
9246 while (--nop_count
);
9250 ofs
= (ofs
+ len
) & (align
- 1);
9251 prev_in_use
= in_use
;
9256 /* Machine dependent reorg pass. */
9261 if (alpha_tp
!= ALPHA_TP_PROG
|| flag_exceptions
)
9262 alpha_handle_trap_shadows ();
9264 /* Due to the number of extra trapb insns, don't bother fixing up
9265 alignment when trap precision is instruction. Moreover, we can
9266 only do our job when sched2 is run. */
9267 if (optimize
&& !optimize_size
9268 && alpha_tp
!= ALPHA_TP_INSN
9269 && flag_schedule_insns_after_reload
)
9271 if (alpha_tune
== PROCESSOR_EV4
)
9272 alpha_align_insns (8, alphaev4_next_group
, alphaev4_next_nop
);
9273 else if (alpha_tune
== PROCESSOR_EV5
)
9274 alpha_align_insns (16, alphaev5_next_group
, alphaev5_next_nop
);
9278 #if !TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
9285 alpha_file_start (void)
9287 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
9288 /* If emitting dwarf2 debug information, we cannot generate a .file
9289 directive to start the file, as it will conflict with dwarf2out
9290 file numbers. So it's only useful when emitting mdebug output. */
9291 targetm
.file_start_file_directive
= (write_symbols
== DBX_DEBUG
);
9294 default_file_start ();
9296 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.verstamp %d %d\n", MS_STAMP
, LS_STAMP
);
9299 fputs ("\t.set noreorder\n", asm_out_file
);
9300 fputs ("\t.set volatile\n", asm_out_file
);
9301 if (!TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
9302 fputs ("\t.set noat\n", asm_out_file
);
9303 if (TARGET_EXPLICIT_RELOCS
)
9304 fputs ("\t.set nomacro\n", asm_out_file
);
9305 if (TARGET_SUPPORT_ARCH
| TARGET_BWX
| TARGET_MAX
| TARGET_FIX
| TARGET_CIX
)
9309 if (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV6
|| TARGET_FIX
|| TARGET_CIX
)
9311 else if (TARGET_MAX
)
9313 else if (TARGET_BWX
)
9315 else if (alpha_cpu
== PROCESSOR_EV5
)
9320 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.arch %s\n", arch
);
9325 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
9326 /* Since we don't have a .dynbss section, we should not allow global
9327 relocations in the .rodata section. */
9330 alpha_elf_reloc_rw_mask (void)
9332 return flag_pic
? 3 : 2;
9335 /* Return a section for X. The only special thing we do here is to
9336 honor small data. */
9339 alpha_elf_select_rtx_section (enum machine_mode mode
, rtx x
,
9340 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align
)
9342 if (TARGET_SMALL_DATA
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) <= g_switch_value
)
9343 /* ??? Consider using mergeable sdata sections. */
9344 return sdata_section
;
9346 return default_elf_select_rtx_section (mode
, x
, align
);
9350 alpha_elf_section_type_flags (tree decl
, const char *name
, int reloc
)
9352 unsigned int flags
= 0;
9354 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
9355 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata.", 7) == 0
9356 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.s.", 16) == 0
9357 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
9358 || strncmp (name
, ".sbss.", 6) == 0
9359 || strncmp (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.sb.", 17) == 0)
9360 flags
= SECTION_SMALL
;
9362 flags
|= default_section_type_flags (decl
, name
, reloc
);
9365 #endif /* OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF */
9367 /* Structure to collect function names for final output in link section. */
9368 /* Note that items marked with GTY can't be ifdef'ed out. */
9370 enum links_kind
{KIND_UNUSED
, KIND_LOCAL
, KIND_EXTERN
};
9371 enum reloc_kind
{KIND_LINKAGE
, KIND_CODEADDR
};
9373 struct alpha_links
GTY(())
9377 enum links_kind lkind
;
9378 enum reloc_kind rkind
;
9381 struct alpha_funcs
GTY(())
9384 splay_tree
GTY ((param1_is (char *), param2_is (struct alpha_links
*)))
9388 static GTY ((param1_is (char *), param2_is (struct alpha_links
*)))
9389 splay_tree alpha_links_tree
;
9390 static GTY ((param1_is (tree
), param2_is (struct alpha_funcs
*)))
9391 splay_tree alpha_funcs_tree
;
9393 static GTY(()) int alpha_funcs_num
;
9395 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
9397 /* Return the VMS argument type corresponding to MODE. */
9400 alpha_arg_type (enum machine_mode mode
)
9405 return TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? FF
: FS
;
9407 return TARGET_FLOAT_VAX
? FD
: FT
;
9413 /* Return an rtx for an integer representing the VMS Argument Information
9417 alpha_arg_info_reg_val (CUMULATIVE_ARGS cum
)
9419 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT regval
= cum
.num_args
;
9422 for (i
= 0; i
< 6; i
++)
9423 regval
|= ((int) cum
.atypes
[i
]) << (i
* 3 + 8);
9425 return GEN_INT (regval
);
9428 /* Make (or fake) .linkage entry for function call.
9430 IS_LOCAL is 0 if name is used in call, 1 if name is used in definition.
9432 Return an SYMBOL_REF rtx for the linkage. */
9435 alpha_need_linkage (const char *name
, int is_local
)
9437 splay_tree_node node
;
9438 struct alpha_links
*al
;
9445 struct alpha_funcs
*cfaf
;
9447 if (!alpha_funcs_tree
)
9448 alpha_funcs_tree
= splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn
)
9449 splay_tree_compare_pointers
);
9451 cfaf
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_funcs
));
9454 cfaf
->num
= ++alpha_funcs_num
;
9456 splay_tree_insert (alpha_funcs_tree
,
9457 (splay_tree_key
) current_function_decl
,
9458 (splay_tree_value
) cfaf
);
9461 if (alpha_links_tree
)
9463 /* Is this name already defined? */
9465 node
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_links_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) name
);
9468 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) node
->value
;
9471 /* Defined here but external assumed. */
9472 if (al
->lkind
== KIND_EXTERN
)
9473 al
->lkind
= KIND_LOCAL
;
9477 /* Used here but unused assumed. */
9478 if (al
->lkind
== KIND_UNUSED
)
9479 al
->lkind
= KIND_LOCAL
;
9485 alpha_links_tree
= splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn
) strcmp
);
9487 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_links
));
9488 name
= ggc_strdup (name
);
9490 /* Assume external if no definition. */
9491 al
->lkind
= (is_local
? KIND_UNUSED
: KIND_EXTERN
);
9493 /* Ensure we have an IDENTIFIER so assemble_name can mark it used. */
9494 get_identifier (name
);
9496 /* Construct a SYMBOL_REF for us to call. */
9498 size_t name_len
= strlen (name
);
9499 char *linksym
= alloca (name_len
+ 6);
9501 memcpy (linksym
+ 1, name
, name_len
);
9502 memcpy (linksym
+ 1 + name_len
, "..lk", 5);
9503 al
->linkage
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
,
9504 ggc_alloc_string (linksym
, name_len
+ 5));
9507 splay_tree_insert (alpha_links_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) name
,
9508 (splay_tree_value
) al
);
9514 alpha_use_linkage (rtx linkage
, tree cfundecl
, int lflag
, int rflag
)
9516 splay_tree_node cfunnode
;
9517 struct alpha_funcs
*cfaf
;
9518 struct alpha_links
*al
;
9519 const char *name
= XSTR (linkage
, 0);
9521 cfaf
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) 0;
9522 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) 0;
9524 cfunnode
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_funcs_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) cfundecl
);
9525 cfaf
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) cfunnode
->value
;
9529 splay_tree_node lnode
;
9531 /* Is this name already defined? */
9533 lnode
= splay_tree_lookup (cfaf
->links
, (splay_tree_key
) name
);
9535 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) lnode
->value
;
9538 cfaf
->links
= splay_tree_new_ggc ((splay_tree_compare_fn
) strcmp
);
9546 splay_tree_node node
= 0;
9547 struct alpha_links
*anl
;
9552 name_len
= strlen (name
);
9554 al
= (struct alpha_links
*) ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct alpha_links
));
9555 al
->num
= cfaf
->num
;
9557 node
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_links_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) name
);
9560 anl
= (struct alpha_links
*) node
->value
;
9561 al
->lkind
= anl
->lkind
;
9564 sprintf (buf
, "$%d..%s..lk", cfaf
->num
, name
);
9565 buflen
= strlen (buf
);
9566 linksym
= alloca (buflen
+ 1);
9567 memcpy (linksym
, buf
, buflen
+ 1);
9569 al
->linkage
= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF
9570 (Pmode
, ggc_alloc_string (linksym
, buflen
+ 1));
9572 splay_tree_insert (cfaf
->links
, (splay_tree_key
) name
,
9573 (splay_tree_value
) al
);
9577 al
->rkind
= KIND_CODEADDR
;
9579 al
->rkind
= KIND_LINKAGE
;
9582 return gen_rtx_MEM (Pmode
, plus_constant (al
->linkage
, 8));
9588 alpha_write_one_linkage (splay_tree_node node
, void *data
)
9590 const char *const name
= (const char *) node
->key
;
9591 struct alpha_links
*link
= (struct alpha_links
*) node
->value
;
9592 FILE *stream
= (FILE *) data
;
9594 fprintf (stream
, "$%d..%s..lk:\n", link
->num
, name
);
9595 if (link
->rkind
== KIND_CODEADDR
)
9597 if (link
->lkind
== KIND_LOCAL
)
9599 /* Local and used */
9600 fprintf (stream
, "\t.quad %s..en\n", name
);
9604 /* External and used, request code address. */
9605 fprintf (stream
, "\t.code_address %s\n", name
);
9610 if (link
->lkind
== KIND_LOCAL
)
9612 /* Local and used, build linkage pair. */
9613 fprintf (stream
, "\t.quad %s..en\n", name
);
9614 fprintf (stream
, "\t.quad %s\n", name
);
9618 /* External and used, request linkage pair. */
9619 fprintf (stream
, "\t.linkage %s\n", name
);
9627 alpha_write_linkage (FILE *stream
, const char *funname
, tree fundecl
)
9629 splay_tree_node node
;
9630 struct alpha_funcs
*func
;
9632 fprintf (stream
, "\t.link\n");
9633 fprintf (stream
, "\t.align 3\n");
9636 node
= splay_tree_lookup (alpha_funcs_tree
, (splay_tree_key
) fundecl
);
9637 func
= (struct alpha_funcs
*) node
->value
;
9639 fputs ("\t.name ", stream
);
9640 assemble_name (stream
, funname
);
9641 fputs ("..na\n", stream
);
9642 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (stream
, funname
);
9643 fprintf (stream
, "\t.pdesc ");
9644 assemble_name (stream
, funname
);
9645 fprintf (stream
, "..en,%s\n",
9646 alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
? "stack"
9647 : alpha_procedure_type
== PT_REGISTER
? "reg" : "null");
9651 splay_tree_foreach (func
->links
, alpha_write_one_linkage
, stream
);
9652 /* splay_tree_delete (func->links); */
9656 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
9657 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
9659 #define SECTION_VMS_OVERLAY SECTION_FORGET
9660 #define SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL SECTION_MACH_DEP
9661 #define SECTION_VMS_INITIALIZE (SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL << 1)
9664 vms_section_type_flags (tree decl
, const char *name
, int reloc
)
9666 unsigned int flags
= default_section_type_flags (decl
, name
, reloc
);
9668 if (decl
&& DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)
9669 && lookup_attribute ("overlaid", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
9670 flags
|= SECTION_VMS_OVERLAY
;
9671 if (decl
&& DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)
9672 && lookup_attribute ("global", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
9673 flags
|= SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL
;
9674 if (decl
&& DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)
9675 && lookup_attribute ("initialize", DECL_ATTRIBUTES (decl
)))
9676 flags
|= SECTION_VMS_INITIALIZE
;
9681 /* Switch to an arbitrary section NAME with attributes as specified
9682 by FLAGS. ALIGN specifies any known alignment requirements for
9683 the section; 0 if the default should be used. */
9686 vms_asm_named_section (const char *name
, unsigned int flags
,
9687 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9689 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
9690 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ".section\t%s", name
);
9692 if (flags
& SECTION_VMS_OVERLAY
)
9693 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",OVR");
9694 if (flags
& SECTION_VMS_GLOBAL
)
9695 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",GBL");
9696 if (flags
& SECTION_VMS_INITIALIZE
)
9697 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",NOMOD");
9698 if (flags
& SECTION_DEBUG
)
9699 fprintf (asm_out_file
, ",NOWRT");
9701 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
9704 /* Record an element in the table of global constructors. SYMBOL is
9705 a SYMBOL_REF of the function to be called; PRIORITY is a number
9706 between 0 and MAX_INIT_PRIORITY.
9708 Differs from default_ctors_section_asm_out_constructor in that the
9709 width of the .ctors entry is always 64 bits, rather than the 32 bits
9710 used by a normal pointer. */
9713 vms_asm_out_constructor (rtx symbol
, int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9715 switch_to_section (ctors_section
);
9716 assemble_align (BITS_PER_WORD
);
9717 assemble_integer (symbol
, UNITS_PER_WORD
, BITS_PER_WORD
, 1);
9721 vms_asm_out_destructor (rtx symbol
, int priority ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9723 switch_to_section (dtors_section
);
9724 assemble_align (BITS_PER_WORD
);
9725 assemble_integer (symbol
, UNITS_PER_WORD
, BITS_PER_WORD
, 1);
9730 alpha_need_linkage (const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9731 int is_local ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9737 alpha_use_linkage (rtx linkage ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9738 tree cfundecl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9739 int lflag ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9740 int rflag ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9745 #endif /* TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS */
9747 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
9749 /* This evaluates to true if we do not know how to pass TYPE solely in
9750 registers. This is the case for all arguments that do not fit in two
9754 unicosmk_must_pass_in_stack (enum machine_mode mode
, const_tree type
)
9759 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_SIZE (type
)) != INTEGER_CST
)
9761 if (TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type
))
9764 return ALPHA_ARG_SIZE (mode
, type
, 0) > 2;
9767 /* Define the offset between two registers, one to be eliminated, and the
9768 other its replacement, at the start of a routine. */
9771 unicosmk_initial_elimination_offset (int from
, int to
)
9775 fixed_size
= alpha_sa_size();
9776 if (fixed_size
!= 0)
9779 if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9781 else if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9783 else if (from
== FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9784 return (ALPHA_ROUND (current_function_outgoing_args_size
)
9785 + ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size()));
9786 else if (from
== ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
&& to
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
9787 return (ALPHA_ROUND (fixed_size
)
9788 + ALPHA_ROUND (get_frame_size()
9789 + current_function_outgoing_args_size
));
9794 /* Output the module name for .ident and .end directives. We have to strip
9795 directories and add make sure that the module name starts with a letter
9799 unicosmk_output_module_name (FILE *file
)
9801 const char *name
= lbasename (main_input_filename
);
9802 unsigned len
= strlen (name
);
9803 char *clean_name
= alloca (len
+ 2);
9804 char *ptr
= clean_name
;
9806 /* CAM only accepts module names that start with a letter or '$'. We
9807 prefix the module name with a '$' if necessary. */
9809 if (!ISALPHA (*name
))
9811 memcpy (ptr
, name
, len
+ 1);
9812 clean_symbol_name (clean_name
);
9813 fputs (clean_name
, file
);
9816 /* Output the definition of a common variable. */
9819 unicosmk_output_common (FILE *file
, const char *name
, int size
, int align
)
9822 printf ("T3E__: common %s\n", name
);
9825 fputs("\t.endp\n\n\t.psect ", file
);
9826 assemble_name(file
, name
);
9827 fprintf(file
, ",%d,common\n", floor_log2 (align
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
));
9828 fprintf(file
, "\t.byte\t0:%d\n", size
);
9830 /* Mark the symbol as defined in this module. */
9831 name_tree
= get_identifier (name
);
9832 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
) = 1;
9835 #define SECTION_PUBLIC SECTION_MACH_DEP
9836 #define SECTION_MAIN (SECTION_PUBLIC << 1)
9837 static int current_section_align
;
9839 /* A get_unnamed_section callback for switching to the text section. */
9842 unicosmk_output_text_section_asm_op (const void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9844 static int count
= 0;
9845 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\tgcc@text___%d,code\n", count
++);
9848 /* A get_unnamed_section callback for switching to the data section. */
9851 unicosmk_output_data_section_asm_op (const void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9853 static int count
= 1;
9854 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\tgcc@data___%d,data\n", count
++);
9857 /* Implement TARGET_ASM_INIT_SECTIONS.
9859 The Cray assembler is really weird with respect to sections. It has only
9860 named sections and you can't reopen a section once it has been closed.
9861 This means that we have to generate unique names whenever we want to
9862 reenter the text or the data section. */
9865 unicosmk_init_sections (void)
9867 text_section
= get_unnamed_section (SECTION_CODE
,
9868 unicosmk_output_text_section_asm_op
,
9870 data_section
= get_unnamed_section (SECTION_WRITE
,
9871 unicosmk_output_data_section_asm_op
,
9873 readonly_data_section
= data_section
;
9877 unicosmk_section_type_flags (tree decl
, const char *name
,
9878 int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9880 unsigned int flags
= default_section_type_flags (decl
, name
, reloc
);
9885 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9887 current_section_align
= floor_log2 (FUNCTION_BOUNDARY
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9888 if (align_functions_log
> current_section_align
)
9889 current_section_align
= align_functions_log
;
9891 if (! strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)), "main"))
9892 flags
|= SECTION_MAIN
;
9895 current_section_align
= floor_log2 (DECL_ALIGN (decl
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
9897 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9898 flags
|= SECTION_PUBLIC
;
9903 /* Generate a section name for decl and associate it with the
9907 unicosmk_unique_section (tree decl
, int reloc ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9914 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
));
9915 name
= default_strip_name_encoding (name
);
9916 len
= strlen (name
);
9918 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
9922 /* It is essential that we prefix the section name here because
9923 otherwise the section names generated for constructors and
9924 destructors confuse collect2. */
9926 string
= alloca (len
+ 6);
9927 sprintf (string
, "code@%s", name
);
9928 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
) = build_string (len
+ 5, string
);
9930 else if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
9931 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
) = build_string (len
, name
);
9936 string
= alloca (len
+ 6);
9937 sprintf (string
, "data@%s", name
);
9938 DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
) = build_string (len
+ 5, string
);
9942 /* Switch to an arbitrary section NAME with attributes as specified
9943 by FLAGS. ALIGN specifies any known alignment requirements for
9944 the section; 0 if the default should be used. */
9947 unicosmk_asm_named_section (const char *name
, unsigned int flags
,
9948 tree decl ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9952 /* Close the previous section. */
9954 fputs ("\t.endp\n\n", asm_out_file
);
9956 /* Find out what kind of section we are opening. */
9958 if (flags
& SECTION_MAIN
)
9959 fputs ("\t.start\tmain\n", asm_out_file
);
9961 if (flags
& SECTION_CODE
)
9963 else if (flags
& SECTION_PUBLIC
)
9968 if (current_section_align
!= 0)
9969 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.psect\t%s,%d,%s\n", name
,
9970 current_section_align
, kind
);
9972 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.psect\t%s,%s\n", name
, kind
);
9976 unicosmk_insert_attributes (tree decl
, tree
*attr_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9979 && (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
) || TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
))
9980 unicosmk_unique_section (decl
, 0);
9983 /* Output an alignment directive. We have to use the macro 'gcc@code@align'
9984 in code sections because .align fill unused space with zeroes. */
9987 unicosmk_output_align (FILE *file
, int align
)
9989 if (inside_function
)
9990 fprintf (file
, "\tgcc@code@align\t%d\n", align
);
9992 fprintf (file
, "\t.align\t%d\n", align
);
9995 /* Add a case vector to the current function's list of deferred case
9996 vectors. Case vectors have to be put into a separate section because CAM
9997 does not allow data definitions in code sections. */
10000 unicosmk_defer_case_vector (rtx lab
, rtx vec
)
10002 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
10004 vec
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, lab
, vec
);
10005 machine
->addr_list
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, vec
,
10006 machine
->addr_list
);
10009 /* Output a case vector. */
10012 unicosmk_output_addr_vec (FILE *file
, rtx vec
)
10014 rtx lab
= XEXP (vec
, 0);
10015 rtx body
= XEXP (vec
, 1);
10016 int vlen
= XVECLEN (body
, 0);
10019 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (file
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (lab
));
10021 for (idx
= 0; idx
< vlen
; idx
++)
10023 ASM_OUTPUT_ADDR_VEC_ELT
10024 (file
, CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (XEXP (XVECEXP (body
, 0, idx
), 0)));
10028 /* Output current function's deferred case vectors. */
10031 unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *file
)
10033 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
10036 if (machine
->addr_list
== NULL_RTX
)
10039 switch_to_section (data_section
);
10040 for (t
= machine
->addr_list
; t
; t
= XEXP (t
, 1))
10041 unicosmk_output_addr_vec (file
, XEXP (t
, 0));
10044 /* Generate the name of the SSIB section for the current function. */
10046 #define SSIB_PREFIX "__SSIB_"
10047 #define SSIB_PREFIX_LEN 7
10049 static const char *
10050 unicosmk_ssib_name (void)
10052 /* This is ok since CAM won't be able to deal with names longer than that
10055 static char name
[256];
10058 const char *fnname
;
10061 x
= DECL_RTL (cfun
->decl
);
10062 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == MEM
);
10064 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
);
10065 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10067 len
= strlen (fnname
);
10068 if (len
+ SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
> 255)
10069 len
= 255 - SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
;
10071 strcpy (name
, SSIB_PREFIX
);
10072 strncpy (name
+ SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
, fnname
, len
);
10073 name
[len
+ SSIB_PREFIX_LEN
] = 0;
10078 /* Set up the dynamic subprogram information block (DSIB) and update the
10079 frame pointer register ($15) for subroutines which have a frame. If the
10080 subroutine doesn't have a frame, simply increment $15. */
10083 unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *imaskP
)
10085 if (alpha_procedure_type
== PT_STACK
)
10087 const char *ssib_name
;
10090 /* Allocate 64 bytes for the DSIB. */
10092 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (stack_pointer_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
,
10094 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
10096 /* Save the return address. */
10098 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 56));
10099 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
10100 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, REG_RA
)));
10101 (*imaskP
) &= ~(1UL << REG_RA
);
10103 /* Save the old frame pointer. */
10105 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 48));
10106 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
10107 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
));
10108 (*imaskP
) &= ~(1UL << HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
);
10110 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
10112 /* Store the SSIB pointer. */
10114 ssib_name
= ggc_strdup (unicosmk_ssib_name ());
10115 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 32));
10116 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
10118 FRP (emit_move_insn (gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 5),
10119 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, ssib_name
)));
10120 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 5)));
10122 /* Save the CIW index. */
10124 mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (DImode
, plus_constant (stack_pointer_rtx
, 24));
10125 set_mem_alias_set (mem
, alpha_sr_alias_set
);
10126 FRP (emit_move_insn (mem
, gen_rtx_REG (DImode
, 25)));
10128 emit_insn (gen_blockage ());
10130 /* Set the new frame pointer. */
10132 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
10133 stack_pointer_rtx
, GEN_INT (64))));
10138 /* Increment the frame pointer register to indicate that we do not
10141 FRP (emit_insn (gen_adddi3 (hard_frame_pointer_rtx
,
10142 hard_frame_pointer_rtx
, const1_rtx
)));
10146 /* Output the static subroutine information block for the current
10150 unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE *file
, const char *fnname
)
10156 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
10159 fprintf (file
, "\t.endp\n\n\t.psect\t%s%s,data\n", user_label_prefix
,
10160 unicosmk_ssib_name ());
10162 /* Some required stuff and the function name length. */
10164 len
= strlen (fnname
);
10165 fprintf (file
, "\t.quad\t^X20008%2.2X28\n", len
);
10168 ??? We don't do that yet. */
10170 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
10172 /* Function address. */
10174 fputs ("\t.quad\t", file
);
10175 assemble_name (file
, fnname
);
10178 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
10179 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
10182 ??? We do it the same way Cray CC does it but this could be
10185 for( i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++ )
10186 fprintf (file
, "\t.byte\t%d\n", (int)(fnname
[i
]));
10187 if( (len
% 8) == 0 )
10188 fputs ("\t.quad\t0\n", file
);
10190 fprintf (file
, "\t.bits\t%d : 0\n", (8 - (len
% 8))*8);
10192 /* All call information words used in the function. */
10194 for (x
= machine
->first_ciw
; x
; x
= XEXP (x
, 1))
10197 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
10198 fprintf (file
, "\t.quad\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DOUBLE_HEX
"\n",
10199 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (ciw
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (ciw
));
10201 fprintf (file
, "\t.quad\t" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
"\n", INTVAL (ciw
));
10206 /* Add a call information word (CIW) to the list of the current function's
10207 CIWs and return its index.
10209 X is a CONST_INT or CONST_DOUBLE representing the CIW. */
10212 unicosmk_add_call_info_word (rtx x
)
10215 struct machine_function
*machine
= cfun
->machine
;
10217 node
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, NULL_RTX
);
10218 if (machine
->first_ciw
== NULL_RTX
)
10219 machine
->first_ciw
= node
;
10221 XEXP (machine
->last_ciw
, 1) = node
;
10223 machine
->last_ciw
= node
;
10224 ++machine
->ciw_count
;
10226 return GEN_INT (machine
->ciw_count
10227 + strlen (current_function_name ())/8 + 5);
10230 /* The Cray assembler doesn't accept extern declarations for symbols which
10231 are defined in the same file. We have to keep track of all global
10232 symbols which are referenced and/or defined in a source file and output
10233 extern declarations for those which are referenced but not defined at
10234 the end of file. */
10236 /* List of identifiers for which an extern declaration might have to be
10238 /* FIXME: needs to use GC, so it can be saved and restored for PCH. */
10240 struct unicosmk_extern_list
10242 struct unicosmk_extern_list
*next
;
10246 static struct unicosmk_extern_list
*unicosmk_extern_head
= 0;
10248 /* Output extern declarations which are required for every asm file. */
10251 unicosmk_output_default_externs (FILE *file
)
10253 static const char *const externs
[] =
10254 { "__T3E_MISMATCH" };
10259 n
= ARRAY_SIZE (externs
);
10261 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
++)
10262 fprintf (file
, "\t.extern\t%s\n", externs
[i
]);
10265 /* Output extern declarations for global symbols which are have been
10266 referenced but not defined. */
10269 unicosmk_output_externs (FILE *file
)
10271 struct unicosmk_extern_list
*p
;
10272 const char *real_name
;
10276 len
= strlen (user_label_prefix
);
10277 for (p
= unicosmk_extern_head
; p
!= 0; p
= p
->next
)
10279 /* We have to strip the encoding and possibly remove user_label_prefix
10280 from the identifier in order to handle -fleading-underscore and
10281 explicit asm names correctly (cf. gcc.dg/asm-names-1.c). */
10282 real_name
= default_strip_name_encoding (p
->name
);
10283 if (len
&& p
->name
[0] == '*'
10284 && !memcmp (real_name
, user_label_prefix
, len
))
10287 name_tree
= get_identifier (real_name
);
10288 if (! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
))
10290 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (name_tree
) = 1;
10291 fputs ("\t.extern\t", file
);
10292 assemble_name (file
, p
->name
);
10298 /* Record an extern. */
10301 unicosmk_add_extern (const char *name
)
10303 struct unicosmk_extern_list
*p
;
10305 p
= (struct unicosmk_extern_list
*)
10306 xmalloc (sizeof (struct unicosmk_extern_list
));
10307 p
->next
= unicosmk_extern_head
;
10309 unicosmk_extern_head
= p
;
10312 /* The Cray assembler generates incorrect code if identifiers which
10313 conflict with register names are used as instruction operands. We have
10314 to replace such identifiers with DEX expressions. */
10316 /* Structure to collect identifiers which have been replaced by DEX
10318 /* FIXME: needs to use GC, so it can be saved and restored for PCH. */
10320 struct unicosmk_dex
{
10321 struct unicosmk_dex
*next
;
10325 /* List of identifiers which have been replaced by DEX expressions. The DEX
10326 number is determined by the position in the list. */
10328 static struct unicosmk_dex
*unicosmk_dex_list
= NULL
;
10330 /* The number of elements in the DEX list. */
10332 static int unicosmk_dex_count
= 0;
10334 /* Check if NAME must be replaced by a DEX expression. */
10337 unicosmk_special_name (const char *name
)
10339 if (name
[0] == '*')
10342 if (name
[0] == '$')
10345 if (name
[0] != 'r' && name
[0] != 'f' && name
[0] != 'R' && name
[0] != 'F')
10350 case '1': case '2':
10351 return (name
[2] == '\0' || (ISDIGIT (name
[2]) && name
[3] == '\0'));
10354 return (name
[2] == '\0'
10355 || ((name
[2] == '0' || name
[2] == '1') && name
[3] == '\0'));
10358 return (ISDIGIT (name
[1]) && name
[2] == '\0');
10362 /* Return the DEX number if X must be replaced by a DEX expression and 0
10366 unicosmk_need_dex (rtx x
)
10368 struct unicosmk_dex
*dex
;
10372 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10376 if (! unicosmk_special_name (name
))
10379 i
= unicosmk_dex_count
;
10380 for (dex
= unicosmk_dex_list
; dex
; dex
= dex
->next
)
10382 if (! strcmp (name
, dex
->name
))
10387 dex
= (struct unicosmk_dex
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct unicosmk_dex
));
10389 dex
->next
= unicosmk_dex_list
;
10390 unicosmk_dex_list
= dex
;
10392 ++unicosmk_dex_count
;
10393 return unicosmk_dex_count
;
10396 /* Output the DEX definitions for this file. */
10399 unicosmk_output_dex (FILE *file
)
10401 struct unicosmk_dex
*dex
;
10404 if (unicosmk_dex_list
== NULL
)
10407 fprintf (file
, "\t.dexstart\n");
10409 i
= unicosmk_dex_count
;
10410 for (dex
= unicosmk_dex_list
; dex
; dex
= dex
->next
)
10412 fprintf (file
, "\tDEX (%d) = ", i
);
10413 assemble_name (file
, dex
->name
);
10418 fprintf (file
, "\t.dexend\n");
10421 /* Output text that to appear at the beginning of an assembler file. */
10424 unicosmk_file_start (void)
10428 fputs ("\t.ident\t", asm_out_file
);
10429 unicosmk_output_module_name (asm_out_file
);
10430 fputs ("\n\n", asm_out_file
);
10432 /* The Unicos/Mk assembler uses different register names. Instead of trying
10433 to support them, we simply use micro definitions. */
10435 /* CAM has different register names: rN for the integer register N and fN
10436 for the floating-point register N. Instead of trying to use these in
10437 alpha.md, we define the symbols $N and $fN to refer to the appropriate
10440 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
10441 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "$%d <- r%d\n", i
, i
);
10443 for (i
= 0; i
< 32; ++i
)
10444 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "$f%d <- f%d\n", i
, i
);
10446 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
10448 /* The .align directive fill unused space with zeroes which does not work
10449 in code sections. We define the macro 'gcc@code@align' which uses nops
10450 instead. Note that it assumes that code sections always have the
10451 biggest possible alignment since . refers to the current offset from
10452 the beginning of the section. */
10454 fputs ("\t.macro gcc@code@align n\n", asm_out_file
);
10455 fputs ("gcc@n@bytes = 1 << n\n", asm_out_file
);
10456 fputs ("gcc@here = . % gcc@n@bytes\n", asm_out_file
);
10457 fputs ("\t.if ne, gcc@here, 0\n", asm_out_file
);
10458 fputs ("\t.repeat (gcc@n@bytes - gcc@here) / 4\n", asm_out_file
);
10459 fputs ("\tbis r31,r31,r31\n", asm_out_file
);
10460 fputs ("\t.endr\n", asm_out_file
);
10461 fputs ("\t.endif\n", asm_out_file
);
10462 fputs ("\t.endm gcc@code@align\n\n", asm_out_file
);
10464 /* Output extern declarations which should always be visible. */
10465 unicosmk_output_default_externs (asm_out_file
);
10467 /* Open a dummy section. We always need to be inside a section for the
10468 section-switching code to work correctly.
10469 ??? This should be a module id or something like that. I still have to
10470 figure out what the rules for those are. */
10471 fputs ("\n\t.psect\t$SG00000,data\n", asm_out_file
);
10474 /* Output text to appear at the end of an assembler file. This includes all
10475 pending extern declarations and DEX expressions. */
10478 unicosmk_file_end (void)
10480 fputs ("\t.endp\n\n", asm_out_file
);
10482 /* Output all pending externs. */
10484 unicosmk_output_externs (asm_out_file
);
10486 /* Output dex definitions used for functions whose names conflict with
10489 unicosmk_output_dex (asm_out_file
);
10491 fputs ("\t.end\t", asm_out_file
);
10492 unicosmk_output_module_name (asm_out_file
);
10493 putc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
10499 unicosmk_output_deferred_case_vectors (FILE *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10503 unicosmk_gen_dsib (unsigned long *imaskP ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10507 unicosmk_output_ssib (FILE * file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10508 const char * fnname ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10512 unicosmk_add_call_info_word (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10518 unicosmk_need_dex (rtx x ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10523 #endif /* TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK */
10526 alpha_init_libfuncs (void)
10528 if (TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
)
10530 /* Prevent gcc from generating calls to __divsi3. */
10531 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, SImode
, 0);
10532 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, SImode
, 0);
10534 /* Use the functions provided by the system library
10535 for DImode integer division. */
10536 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, DImode
, "$sldiv");
10537 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, DImode
, "$uldiv");
10539 else if (TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
)
10541 /* Use the VMS runtime library functions for division and
10543 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$DIV_I");
10544 set_optab_libfunc (sdiv_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$DIV_L");
10545 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$DIV_UI");
10546 set_optab_libfunc (udiv_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$DIV_UL");
10547 set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$REM_I");
10548 set_optab_libfunc (smod_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$REM_L");
10549 set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab
, SImode
, "OTS$REM_UI");
10550 set_optab_libfunc (umod_optab
, DImode
, "OTS$REM_UL");
10555 /* Initialize the GCC target structure. */
10556 #if TARGET_ABI_OPEN_VMS
10557 # undef TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE
10558 # define TARGET_ATTRIBUTE_TABLE vms_attribute_table
10559 # undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
10560 # define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS vms_section_type_flags
10563 #undef TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P
10564 #define TARGET_IN_SMALL_DATA_P alpha_in_small_data_p
10566 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
10567 # undef TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES
10568 # define TARGET_INSERT_ATTRIBUTES unicosmk_insert_attributes
10569 # undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
10570 # define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS unicosmk_section_type_flags
10571 # undef TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION
10572 # define TARGET_ASM_UNIQUE_SECTION unicosmk_unique_section
10573 #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION
10574 #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_RODATA_SECTION default_no_function_rodata_section
10575 # undef TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL
10576 # define TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr
10577 # undef TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
10578 # define TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK unicosmk_must_pass_in_stack
10581 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP
10582 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.word\t"
10583 #undef TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP
10584 #define TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.quad\t"
10586 /* Default unaligned ops are provided for ELF systems. To get unaligned
10587 data for non-ELF systems, we have to turn off auto alignment. */
10588 #ifndef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
10589 #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP
10590 #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.word\t"
10591 #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP
10592 #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.long\t"
10593 #undef TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP
10594 #define TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP "\t.align 0\n\t.quad\t"
10597 #ifdef OBJECT_FORMAT_ELF
10598 #undef TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK
10599 #define TARGET_ASM_RELOC_RW_MASK alpha_elf_reloc_rw_mask
10600 #undef TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION
10601 #define TARGET_ASM_SELECT_RTX_SECTION alpha_elf_select_rtx_section
10602 #undef TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS
10603 #define TARGET_SECTION_TYPE_FLAGS alpha_elf_section_type_flags
10606 #undef TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE
10607 #define TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_END_PROLOGUE alpha_output_function_end_prologue
10609 #undef TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS
10610 #define TARGET_INIT_LIBFUNCS alpha_init_libfuncs
10612 #if TARGET_ABI_UNICOSMK
10613 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
10614 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START unicosmk_file_start
10615 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_END
10616 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_END unicosmk_file_end
10618 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START
10619 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START alpha_file_start
10620 #undef TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE
10621 #define TARGET_ASM_FILE_START_FILE_DIRECTIVE true
10624 #undef TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST
10625 #define TARGET_SCHED_ADJUST_COST alpha_adjust_cost
10626 #undef TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE
10627 #define TARGET_SCHED_ISSUE_RATE alpha_issue_rate
10628 #undef TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD
10629 #define TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD \
10630 alpha_multipass_dfa_lookahead
10632 #undef TARGET_HAVE_TLS
10633 #define TARGET_HAVE_TLS HAVE_AS_TLS
10635 #undef TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
10636 #define TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS alpha_init_builtins
10637 #undef TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN
10638 #define TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN alpha_expand_builtin
10639 #undef TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN
10640 #define TARGET_FOLD_BUILTIN alpha_fold_builtin
10642 #undef TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL
10643 #define TARGET_FUNCTION_OK_FOR_SIBCALL alpha_function_ok_for_sibcall
10644 #undef TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P
10645 #define TARGET_CANNOT_COPY_INSN_P alpha_cannot_copy_insn_p
10646 #undef TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM
10647 #define TARGET_CANNOT_FORCE_CONST_MEM alpha_cannot_force_const_mem
10650 #undef TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
10651 #define TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK alpha_output_mi_thunk_osf
10652 #undef TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK
10653 #define TARGET_ASM_CAN_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_true
10654 #undef TARGET_STDARG_OPTIMIZE_HOOK
10655 #define TARGET_STDARG_OPTIMIZE_HOOK alpha_stdarg_optimize_hook
10658 #undef TARGET_RTX_COSTS
10659 #define TARGET_RTX_COSTS alpha_rtx_costs
10660 #undef TARGET_ADDRESS_COST
10661 #define TARGET_ADDRESS_COST hook_int_rtx_0
10663 #undef TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG
10664 #define TARGET_MACHINE_DEPENDENT_REORG alpha_reorg
10666 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS
10667 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_ARGS hook_bool_const_tree_true
10668 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
10669 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN hook_bool_const_tree_true
10670 #undef TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES
10671 #define TARGET_PROMOTE_PROTOTYPES hook_bool_const_tree_false
10672 #undef TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY
10673 #define TARGET_RETURN_IN_MEMORY alpha_return_in_memory
10674 #undef TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE
10675 #define TARGET_PASS_BY_REFERENCE alpha_pass_by_reference
10676 #undef TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS
10677 #define TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS alpha_setup_incoming_varargs
10678 #undef TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING
10679 #define TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_true
10680 #undef TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED
10681 #define TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_true
10682 #undef TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG
10683 #define TARGET_SPLIT_COMPLEX_ARG alpha_split_complex_arg
10684 #undef TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR
10685 #define TARGET_GIMPLIFY_VA_ARG_EXPR alpha_gimplify_va_arg
10686 #undef TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES
10687 #define TARGET_ARG_PARTIAL_BYTES alpha_arg_partial_bytes
10689 #undef TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD
10690 #define TARGET_SECONDARY_RELOAD alpha_secondary_reload
10692 #undef TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
10693 #define TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P alpha_scalar_mode_supported_p
10694 #undef TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P
10695 #define TARGET_VECTOR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P alpha_vector_mode_supported_p
10697 #undef TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST
10698 #define TARGET_BUILD_BUILTIN_VA_LIST alpha_build_builtin_va_list
10700 /* The Alpha architecture does not require sequential consistency. See
10701 http://www.cs.umd.edu/~pugh/java/memoryModel/AlphaReordering.html
10702 for an example of how it can be violated in practice. */
10703 #undef TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING
10704 #define TARGET_RELAXED_ORDERING true
10706 #undef TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS
10707 #define TARGET_DEFAULT_TARGET_FLAGS \
10708 (TARGET_DEFAULT | TARGET_CPU_DEFAULT | TARGET_DEFAULT_EXPLICIT_RELOCS)
10709 #undef TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION
10710 #define TARGET_HANDLE_OPTION alpha_handle_option
10712 #ifdef TARGET_ALTERNATE_LONG_DOUBLE_MANGLING
10713 #undef TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE
10714 #define TARGET_MANGLE_TYPE alpha_mangle_type
10717 struct gcc_target targetm
= TARGET_INITIALIZER
;
10720 #include "gt-alpha.h"